summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/docs
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'docs')
-rw-r--r--docs/docbook/Makefile.in2
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/findsmb.1.html20
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/lmhosts.5.html24
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/make_smbcodepage.1.html15
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/make_unicodemap.1.html11
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/net.8.html29
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html90
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html37
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/pdbedit.8.html132
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html129
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/samba.7.html65
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html2256
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html102
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html148
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbcontrol.1.html9
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html51
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbgroupedit.8.html95
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html9
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html68
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html87
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html83
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html32
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html21
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbstatus.1.html50
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbtar.1.html21
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html7
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html21
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html43
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/testprns.1.html11
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html7
-rw-r--r--docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html386
31 files changed, 2232 insertions, 1829 deletions
diff --git a/docs/docbook/Makefile.in b/docs/docbook/Makefile.in
index fb81c8528f..1ac71e452b 100644
--- a/docs/docbook/Makefile.in
+++ b/docs/docbook/Makefile.in
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ $(HTMLDIR)/Samba-Developers-Guide.html: $(DEVDOC)/dev-doc.sgml
$(HTMLDIR)/%.html: $(MANPROJDOC)/%.sgml
- $(DOCBOOK2HTML) -o $(HTMLDIR) $<
+ $(DOCBOOK2HTML) -u -o $(HTMLDIR) $<
$(MANDIR)/%: $(MANPROJDOC)/%.sgml
$(DOCBOOK2MAN) -o $(MANDIR) $< || rm $@
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/findsmb.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/findsmb.1.html
index 2f246d666d..08fffb47b6 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/findsmb.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/findsmb.1.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>findsmb</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="FINDSMB"
->findsmb</A
-></H1
+></A
+>findsmb</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -108,7 +109,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
<TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
>-B</TT
-> option</P
+> option.</P
></DD
></DL
></DIV
@@ -156,7 +157,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
get proper responses from Windows 95 and Windows 98 machines,
the command must be run as root. </P
><P
->For example running <B
+>For example, running <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>findsmb</B
> on a machine
@@ -165,12 +166,6 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
> running would yield output similar
to the following</P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="SCREEN"
><TT
@@ -189,9 +184,6 @@ CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
192.168.35.97 HERBNT1 *[HERB-NT] [Windows NT 4.0] [NT LAN Manager 4.0]
</TT
></PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/lmhosts.5.html b/docs/htmldocs/lmhosts.5.html
index 13b162ce44..4d7f11e64b 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/lmhosts.5.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/lmhosts.5.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>lmhosts</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="LMHOSTS"
->lmhosts</A
-></H1
+></A
+>lmhosts</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -59,9 +60,13 @@ TARGET="_top"
><TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>lmhosts</TT
-> is the <EM
+> is the <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Samba
- </EM
+ </I
+></SPAN
> NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file. It
is very similar to the <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
@@ -104,12 +109,6 @@ NAME="AEN20"
><P
>An example follows :</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>#
@@ -119,9 +118,6 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
192.9.200.20 NTSERVER#20
192.9.200.21 SAMBASERVER
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
>Contains three IP to NetBIOS name mappings. The first
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/make_smbcodepage.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/make_smbcodepage.1.html
index 8e792e3122..4c2ad993ae 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/make_smbcodepage.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/make_smbcodepage.1.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>make_smbcodepage</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="MAKE-SMBCODEPAGE"
->make_smbcodepage</A
-></H1
+></A
+>make_smbcodepage</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -110,7 +111,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>c</I
></TT
-> case this will be a text
+> case, this will be a text
codepage definition file such as the ones found in the Samba
<TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
@@ -121,7 +122,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>d</I
></TT
-> case this will be the
+> case, this will be the
binary format codepage definition file normally found in
the <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
@@ -202,7 +203,7 @@ NAME="AEN58"
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->codepage_def.&#60;codepage&#62;</B
+>codepage_def.&lt;codepage&gt;</B
></P
><P
>These are the input (text) codepage files provided in the
@@ -259,7 +260,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->codepage.&#60;codepage&#62;</B
+>codepage.&lt;codepage&gt;</B
> - These are the
output (binary) codepage files produced and placed in the Samba
destination <TT
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/make_unicodemap.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/make_unicodemap.1.html
index b8b768ce40..de964c269d 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/make_unicodemap.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/make_unicodemap.1.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>make_unicodemap</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="MAKE-UNICODEMAP"
->make_unicodemap</A
-></H1
+></A
+>make_unicodemap</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -132,7 +133,7 @@ NAME="AEN40"
><P
><TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
->CP&#60;codepage&#62;.TXT</TT
+>CP&lt;codepage&gt;.TXT</TT
></P
><P
> These are the input (text) unicode map files provided
@@ -176,7 +177,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
> <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
->unicode_map.&#60;codepage&#62;</TT
+>unicode_map.&lt;codepage&gt;</TT
> - These are
the output (binary) unicode map files produced and placed in
the Samba destination <TT
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/net.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/net.8.html
index 97b0e8dc59..b7ed1357c3 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/net.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/net.8.html
@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN">
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>net</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
-"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -16,7 +15,9 @@ VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
-NAME="NET">net</H1
+NAME="NET"
+></A
+>net</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -29,13 +30,15 @@ NAME="AEN5"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
-NAME="AEN8"><H2
+NAME="AEN8"
+></A
+><H2
>Synopsis</H2
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>net</B
-> {&#60;ads|rap|rpc&#62;} [-h] [-w workgroup] [-W myworkgroup] [-U user] [-I ip-address] [-p port] [-n myname] [-s conffile] [-S server] [-C comment] [-M maxusers] [-F flags] [-j jobid] [-l] [-r] [-f] [-t timeout] [-P] [-D debuglevel]</P
+> {&lt;ads|rap|rpc&gt;} [-h] [-w workgroup] [-W myworkgroup] [-U user] [-I ip-address] [-p port] [-n myname] [-s conffile] [-S server] [-C comment] [-M maxusers] [-F flags] [-j jobid] [-l] [-r] [-f] [-t timeout] [-P] [-D debuglevel]</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
@@ -303,21 +306,21 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
</P
></DD
><DT
->USER DELETE &#60;name&#62; [misc options]</DT
+>USER DELETE &lt;name&gt; [misc options]</DT
><DD
><P
> delete specified user
</P
></DD
><DT
->USER INFO &#60;name&#62; [misc options]</DT
+>USER INFO &lt;name&gt; [misc options]</DT
><DD
><P
> list the domain groups of the specified user
</P
></DD
><DT
->USER ADD &#60;name&#62; [password] [-F user flags] [misc. options</DT
+>USER ADD &lt;name&gt; [password] [-F user flags] [misc. options</DT
><DD
><P
> Add specified user
@@ -331,14 +334,14 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
</P
></DD
><DT
->GROUP DELETE &#60;name&#62; [misc. options] [targets]</DT
+>GROUP DELETE &lt;name&gt; [misc. options] [targets]</DT
><DD
><P
> Delete specified group
</P
></DD
><DT
->GROUP ADD &#60;name&#62; [-C comment]</DT
+>GROUP ADD &lt;name&gt; [-C comment]</DT
><DD
><P
> Create specified group
@@ -352,14 +355,14 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
</P
></DD
><DT
->SHARE ADD &#60;name=serverpath&#62; [misc. options] [targets]</DT
+>SHARE ADD &lt;name=serverpath&gt; [misc. options] [targets]</DT
><DD
><P
> Adds a share from a server (makes the export active)
</P
></DD
><DT
->SHARE DELETE &#60;sharenam</DT
+>SHARE DELETE &lt;sharenam</DT
><DD
><P
></P
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html
index 76fd5de6ba..05bf860124 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>nmbd</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="NMBD"
->nmbd</A
-></H1
+></A
+>nmbd</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ NAME="AEN8"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
-> [-D] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-P] [-h] [-V] [-d &#60;debug level&#62;] [-H &#60;lmhosts file&#62;] [-l &#60;log directory&#62;] [-n &#60;primary netbios name&#62;] [-p &#60;port number&#62;] [-s &#60;configuration file&#62;]</P
+> [-D] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-P] [-h] [-V] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-H &lt;lmhosts file&gt;] [-l &lt;log directory&gt;] [-n &lt;primary netbios name&gt;] [-p &lt;port number&gt;] [-s &lt;configuration file&gt;]</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
@@ -71,8 +72,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
specified it will respond with the IP number of the host it
is running on. Its "own NetBIOS name" is by
default the primary DNS name of the host it is running on,
- but this can be overridden with the <EM
->-n</EM
+ but this can be overridden with the <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>-n</I
+></SPAN
>
option (see OPTIONS below). Thus <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
@@ -106,7 +111,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
> can act as a WINS
proxy, relaying broadcast queries from clients that do
- not understand how to talk the WINS protocol to a WIN
+ not understand how to talk the WINS protocol to a WINS
server.</P
></DIV
><DIV
@@ -158,7 +163,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>If this parameter is specified it causes the
server to run "interactively", not as a daemon, even if the
server is executed on the command line of a shell. Setting this
- parameter negates the implicit deamon mode when run from the
+ parameter negates the implicit daemon mode when run from the
command line.
</P
></DD
@@ -185,7 +190,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>.</P
></DD
><DT
->-H &#60;filename&#62;</DT
+>-H &lt;filename&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>NetBIOS lmhosts file. The lmhosts
@@ -204,16 +209,24 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
></A
>
to resolve any NetBIOS name queries needed by the server. Note
- that the contents of this file are <EM
->NOT</EM
+ that the contents of this file are <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>NOT</I
+></SPAN
>
used by <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
> to answer any name queries.
Adding a line to this file affects name NetBIOS resolution
- from this host <EM
->ONLY</EM
+ from this host <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>ONLY</I
+></SPAN
>.</P
><P
>The default path to this file is compiled into
@@ -229,15 +242,16 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
<TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/lmhosts</TT
->. See the <A
+>. See the
+ <A
HREF="lmhosts.5.html"
TARGET="_top"
-> <TT
+><TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>lmhosts(5)</TT
></A
-> man page for details on the
- contents of this file.</P
+>
+ man page for details on the contents of this file.</P
></DD
><DT
>-V</DT
@@ -250,7 +264,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>.</P
></DD
><DT
->-d &#60;debug level&#62;</DT
+>-d &lt;debug level&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>debuglevel is an integer
@@ -281,21 +295,21 @@ HREF="smb.conf.5.html"
TARGET="_top"
><TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
-> smb.conf</TT
+> smb.conf(5)</TT
></A
> file.</P
></DD
><DT
->-l &#60;log directory&#62;</DT
+>-l &lt;log directory&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>The -l parameter specifies a directory
into which the "log.nmbd" log file will be created
- for operational data from the running
- <B
+ for operational data from the running <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
-> server. The default log directory is compiled into Samba
+>
+ server. The default log directory is compiled into Samba
as part of the build process. Common defaults are <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
> /usr/local/samba/var/log.nmb</TT
@@ -306,8 +320,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
<TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/var/log/log.nmb</TT
->. <EM
->Beware:</EM
+>. <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>Beware:</I
+></SPAN
>
If the directory specified does not exist, <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
@@ -317,7 +335,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
</P
></DD
><DT
->-n &#60;primary NetBIOS name&#62;</DT
+>-n &lt;primary NetBIOS name&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>This option allows you to override
@@ -342,7 +360,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>.</P
></DD
><DT
->-p &#60;UDP port number&#62;</DT
+>-p &lt;UDP port number&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>UDP port number is a positive integer value.
@@ -355,7 +373,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
won't need help!</P
></DD
><DT
->-s &#60;configuration file&#62;</DT
+>-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>The default configuration file name
@@ -505,8 +523,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>If <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
-> is acting as a <EM
-> browse master</EM
+> is acting as a <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+> browse master</I
+></SPAN
> (see the <A
HREF="smb.conf.5.html#LOCALMASTER"
TARGET="_top"
@@ -546,8 +568,12 @@ NAME="AEN178"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
> process it is recommended
- that SIGKILL (-9) <EM
->NOT</EM
+ that SIGKILL (-9) <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>NOT</I
+></SPAN
> be used, except as a last
resort, as this may leave the name database in an inconsistent state.
The correct way to terminate <B
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html
index c87d7d35db..0209c4bd2b 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>nmblookup</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="NMBLOOKUP"
->nmblookup</A
-></H1
+></A
+>nmblookup</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ NAME="AEN8"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmblookup</B
-> [-M] [-R] [-S] [-r] [-A] [-h] [-B &#60;broadcast address&#62;] [-U &#60;unicast address&#62;] [-d &#60;debug level&#62;] [-s &#60;smb config file&#62;] [-i &#60;NetBIOS scope&#62;] [-T] {name}</P
+> [-M] [-R] [-S] [-r] [-A] [-h] [-B &lt;broadcast address&gt;] [-U &lt;unicast address&gt;] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;] [-i &lt;NetBIOS scope&gt;] [-T] {name}</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
@@ -156,7 +157,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
>Print a help (usage) message.</P
></DD
><DT
->-B &#60;broadcast address&#62;</DT
+>-B &lt;broadcast address&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>Send the query to the given broadcast address. Without
@@ -179,7 +180,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
</P
></DD
><DT
->-U &#60;unicast address&#62;</DT
+>-U &lt;unicast address&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>Do a unicast query to the specified address or
@@ -198,7 +199,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
query a WINS server.</P
></DD
><DT
->-d &#60;debuglevel&#62;</DT
+>-d &lt;debuglevel&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>debuglevel is an integer from 0 to 10.</P
@@ -234,7 +235,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
> file.</P
></DD
><DT
->-s &#60;smb.conf&#62;</DT
+>-s &lt;smb.conf&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>This parameter specifies the pathname to
@@ -246,7 +247,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
the Samba setup on the machine.</P
></DD
><DT
->-i &#60;scope&#62;</DT
+>-i &lt;scope&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>This specifies a NetBIOS scope that
@@ -256,8 +257,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> will use to communicate with when
generating NetBIOS names. For details on the use of NetBIOS
scopes, see rfc1001.txt and rfc1002.txt. NetBIOS scopes are
- <EM
->very</EM
+ <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>very</I
+></SPAN
> rarely used, only set this parameter
if you are the system administrator in charge of all the
NetBIOS systems you communicate with.</P
@@ -270,8 +275,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
lookup to be looked up via a reverse DNS lookup into a
DNS name, and printed out before each</P
><P
-><EM
->IP address .... NetBIOS name</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>IP address .... NetBIOS name</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
> pair that is the normal output.</P
@@ -283,7 +292,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>This is the NetBIOS name being queried. Depending
upon the previous options this may be a NetBIOS name or IP address.
If a NetBIOS name then the different name types may be specified
- by appending '#&#60;type&#62;' to the name. This name may also be
+ by appending '#&lt;type&gt;' to the name. This name may also be
'*', which will return all registered names within a broadcast
area.</P
></DD
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/pdbedit.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/pdbedit.8.html
index b1a1dea679..3ed3dfe8e9 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/pdbedit.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/pdbedit.8.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>pdbedit</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="PDBEDIT"
->pdbedit</A
-></H1
+></A
+>pdbedit</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -36,12 +37,12 @@ NAME="AEN8"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>pdbedit</B
-> [-l] [-v] [-w] [-u username] [-f fullname] [-h homedir] [-d drive] [-s script] [-p profile] [-a] [-m] [-x] [-i passdb-backend] [-e passdb-backend] [-D debuglevel]</P
+> [-l] [-v] [-w] [-u username] [-f fullname] [-h homedir] [-d drive] [-s script] [-p profile] [-a] [-m] [-x] [-i passdb-backend] [-e passdb-backend] [-b passdb-backend] [-D debuglevel]</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN26"
+NAME="AEN27"
></A
><H2
>DESCRIPTION</H2
@@ -53,11 +54,11 @@ TARGET="_top"
> suite.</P
><P
>The pdbedit program is used to manage the users accounts
- stored in the sam database and can be run only by root.</P
+ stored in the sam database and can only be run by root.</P
><P
->The pdbedit tool use the passdb modular interface and is
+>The pdbedit tool uses the passdb modular interface and is
independent from the kind of users database used (currently there
- are smbpasswd, ldap, nis+ and tdb based and more can be addedd
+ are smbpasswd, ldap, nis+ and tdb based and more can be added
without changing the tool).</P
><P
>There are five main ways to use pdbedit: adding a user account,
@@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN33"
+NAME="AEN34"
></A
><H2
>OPTIONS</H2
@@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
>-l</DT
><DD
><P
->This option list all the user accounts
+>This option lists all the user accounts
present in the users database.
This option prints a list of user/uid pairs separated by
the ':' character.</P
@@ -90,28 +91,19 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>pdbedit -l</B
></P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
> sorce:500:Simo Sorce
samba:45:Test User
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
></DD
><DT
>-v</DT
><DD
><P
->This option sets the verbose listing format.
- It will make pdbedit list the users in the database printing
+>This option enables the verbose listing format.
+ It causes pdbedit to list the users in the database, printing
out the account fields in a descriptive format.</P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -119,12 +111,6 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>pdbedit -l -v</B
></P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
> ---------------
@@ -146,9 +132,6 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
Logon Script:
Profile Path: \\BERSERKER\profile
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
></DD
><DT
@@ -156,7 +139,7 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
><DD
><P
>This option sets the "smbpasswd" listing format.
- It will make pdbedit list the users in the database printing
+ It will make pdbedit list the users in the database, printing
out the account fields in a format compatible with the
<TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
@@ -175,33 +158,32 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>pdbedit -l -w</B
></P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
> sorce:500:508818B733CE64BEAAD3B435B51404EE:D2A2418EFC466A8A0F6B1DBB5C3DB80C:[UX ]:LCT-00000000:
samba:45:0F2B255F7B67A7A9AAD3B435B51404EE:BC281CE3F53B6A5146629CD4751D3490:[UX ]:LCT-3BFA1E8D:
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
></DD
><DT
>-u username</DT
><DD
><P
->This option specifies that the username to be
- used for the operation requested (listing, adding, removing)
- It is <EM
->required</EM
+>This option specifies the username to be
+ used for the operation requested (listing, adding, removing).
+ It is <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>required</I
+></SPAN
> in add, remove and modify
- operations and <EM
->optional</EM
+ operations and <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>optional</I
+></SPAN
> in list
operations.</P
></DD
@@ -279,27 +261,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DD
><P
>This option is used to add a user into the
- database. This command need the user name be specified with
- the -u switch. When adding a new user pdbedit will also
- ask for the password to be used</P
+ database. This command needs a user name specified with
+ the -u switch. When adding a new user, pdbedit will also
+ ask for the password to be used.</P
><P
>Example: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>pdbedit -a -u sorce</B
>
- <TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
-><PRE
+ <PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>new password:
retype new password</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
>
</P
></DD
@@ -328,7 +301,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DD
><P
>This option causes pdbedit to delete an account
- from the database. It need the username be specified with the
+ from the database. It needs a username specified with the
-u switch.</P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -340,37 +313,52 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>-i passdb-backend</DT
><DD
><P
->Use a different passdb backend to retrieve users than the one specified in smb.conf.</P
+>Use a different passdb backend to retrieve users
+ than the one specified in smb.conf. Can be used to import data into
+ your local user database.</P
><P
->This option will ease migration from one passdb backend to another.
- </P
+>This option will ease migration from one passdb backend to
+ another.</P
><P
>Example: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->pdbedit -i smbpasswd:/etc/smbpasswd.old -e tdbsam:/etc/samba/passwd.tdb</B
->
- </P
+>pdbedit -i smbpasswd:/etc/smbpasswd.old
+ </B
+></P
></DD
><DT
>-e passdb-backend</DT
><DD
><P
->Export all currently available users to the specified password database backend.</P
+>Exports all currently available users to the
+ specified password database backend.</P
><P
->This option will ease migration from one passdb backend to another and will ease backupping</P
+>This option will ease migration from one passdb backend to
+ another and will ease backing up.</P
><P
>Example: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>pdbedit -e smbpasswd:/root/samba-users.backup</B
></P
></DD
+><DT
+>-b passdb-backend</DT
+><DD
+><P
+>Use a different default passdb backend. </P
+><P
+>Example: <B
+CLASS="COMMAND"
+>pdbedit -b xml:/root/pdb-backup.xml -l</B
+></P
+></DD
></DL
></DIV
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN133"
+NAME="AEN140"
></A
><H2
>NOTES</H2
@@ -380,7 +368,7 @@ NAME="AEN133"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN136"
+NAME="AEN143"
></A
><H2
>VERSION</H2
@@ -391,7 +379,7 @@ NAME="AEN136"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN139"
+NAME="AEN146"
></A
><H2
>SEE ALSO</H2
@@ -411,7 +399,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN144"
+NAME="AEN151"
></A
><H2
>AUTHOR</H2
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html
index 9ffca61437..3669e19b03 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>rpcclient</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="RPCCLIENT"
->rpcclient</A
-></H1
+></A
+>rpcclient</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ NAME="AEN8"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>rpcclient</B
-> [-A authfile] [-c &#60;command string&#62;] [-d debuglevel] [-h] [-l logfile] [-N] [-s &#60;smb config file&#62;] [-U username[%password]] [-W workgroup] [-N] [-I destinationIP] {server}</P
+> [-A authfile] [-c &lt;command string&gt;] [-d debuglevel] [-h] [-l logfile] [-N] [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;] [-U username[%password]] [-W workgroup] [-N] [-I destinationIP] {server}</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
@@ -104,21 +105,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
password used in the connection. The format of the file is
</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
-> username = &#60;value&#62;
- password = &#60;value&#62;
- domain = &#60;value&#62;
+> username = &lt;value&gt;
+ password = &lt;value&gt;
+ domain = &lt;value&gt;
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
>Make certain that the permissions on the file restrict
@@ -187,8 +179,8 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
<TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
>'.client'</TT
-> will be appended. The log file is never removed
- by the client.
+> will be appended. The log file is
+ never removed by the client.
</P
></DD
><DT
@@ -202,19 +194,20 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
for a password. By default, <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>rpcclient</B
-> will prompt
- for a password. See also the <TT
+> will
+ prompt for a password. See also the <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>-U</I
></TT
-> option.</P
+>
+ option.</P
></DD
><DT
>-s|--conf=smb.conf</DT
><DD
><P
->Specifies the location of the all important
+>Specifies the location of the all-important
<TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>smb.conf</TT
@@ -243,8 +236,8 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
><P
>A third option is to use a credentials file which
contains the plaintext of the username and password. This
- option is mainly provided for scripts where the admin doesn't
- desire to pass the credentials on the command line or via environment
+ option is mainly provided for scripts where the admin does not
+ wish to pass the credentials on the command line or via environment
variables. If this method is used, make certain that the permissions
on the file restrict access from unwanted users. See the
<TT
@@ -287,8 +280,12 @@ NAME="AEN101"
><H2
>COMMANDS</H2
><P
-><EM
->LSARPC</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>LSARPC</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
></P
@@ -314,7 +311,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>lookupnames</B
-> - Resolve s list
+> - Resolve a list
of usernames to SIDs.
</P
></LI
@@ -329,8 +326,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
> </P
><P
-><EM
->SAMR</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>SAMR</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
></P
@@ -395,8 +396,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
> </P
><P
-><EM
->SPOOLSS</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>SPOOLSS</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
></P
@@ -405,7 +410,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->adddriver &#60;arch&#62; &#60;config&#62;</B
+>adddriver &lt;arch&gt; &lt;config&gt;</B
>
- Execute an AddPrinterDriver() RPC to install the printer driver
information on the server. Note that the driver files should
@@ -432,12 +437,6 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> parameter is defined as
follows: </P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
> Long Printer Name:\
@@ -449,9 +448,6 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
Default Data Type:\
Comma Separated list of Files
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
>Any empty fields should be enter as the string "NULL". </P
@@ -467,8 +463,8 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->addprinter &#60;printername&#62;
- &#60;sharename&#62; &#60;drivername&#62; &#60;port&#62;</B
+>addprinter &lt;printername&gt;
+ &lt;sharename&gt; &lt;drivername&gt; &lt;port&gt;</B
>
- Add a printer on the remote server. This printer
will be automatically shared. Be aware that the printer driver
@@ -514,9 +510,9 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->enumjobs &#60;printer&#62;</B
+>enumjobs &lt;printer&gt;</B
>
- - List the jobs and status of a given printer.
+ - List the jobs and status of a given printer.
This command corresponds to the MS Platform SDK EnumJobs()
function (* This command is currently unimplemented).</P
></LI
@@ -556,7 +552,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->getdata &#60;printername&#62;</B
+>getdata &lt;printername&gt;</B
>
- Retrieve the data for a given printer setting. See
the <B
@@ -570,7 +566,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->getdriver &#60;printername&#62;</B
+>getdriver &lt;printername&gt;</B
>
- Retrieve the printer driver information (such as driver file,
config file, dependent files, etc...) for
@@ -582,10 +578,10 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->getdriverdir &#60;arch&#62;</B
+>getdriverdir &lt;arch&gt;</B
>
- Execute a GetPrinterDriverDirectory()
- RPC to retreive the SMB share name and subdirectory for
+ RPC to retrieve the SMB share name and subdirectory for
storing printer driver files for a given architecture. Possible
values for <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
@@ -600,7 +596,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->getprinter &#60;printername&#62;</B
+>getprinter &lt;printername&gt;</B
>
- Retrieve the current printer information. This command
corresponds to the GetPrinter() MS Platform SDK function.
@@ -610,7 +606,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->openprinter &#60;printername&#62;</B
+>openprinter &lt;printername&gt;</B
>
- Execute an OpenPrinterEx() and ClosePrinter() RPC
against a given printer. </P
@@ -619,11 +615,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->setdriver &#60;printername&#62; &#60;drivername&#62;</B
->
- - Execute a SetPrinter() command to update the printer driver associated
- with an installed printer. The printer driver must already be correctly
- installed on the print server. </P
+>setdriver &lt;printername&gt;
+ &lt;drivername&gt;</B
+>
+ - Execute a SetPrinter() command to update the printer driver
+ associated with an installed printer. The printer driver must
+ already be correctly installed on the print server. </P
><P
>See also the <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
@@ -637,8 +634,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
></LI
></UL
><P
-><EM
->GENERAL OPTIONS</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>GENERAL OPTIONS</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
></P
@@ -648,8 +649,8 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>debuglevel</B
-> - Set the current debug level
- used to log information.</P
+> - Set the current
+ debug level used to log information.</P
></LI
><LI
><P
@@ -691,8 +692,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
>From Luke Leighton's original rpcclient man page:</P
><P
-><EM
->"WARNING!</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>"WARNING!</I
+></SPAN
> The MSRPC over SMB code has
been developed from examining Network traces. No documentation is
available from the original creators (Microsoft) on how MSRPC over
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/samba.7.html b/docs/htmldocs/samba.7.html
index 6fb9eac578..0851e99bd5 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/samba.7.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/samba.7.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>samba</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="SAMBA"
->samba</A
-></H1
+></A
+>samba</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -49,8 +50,13 @@ NAME="AEN11"
>The Samba software suite is a collection of programs
that implements the Server Message Block (commonly abbreviated
as SMB) protocol for UNIX systems. This protocol is sometimes
- also referred to as the Common Internet File System (CIFS),
- LanManager or NetBIOS protocol.</P
+ also referred to as the Common Internet File System (CIFS). For a
+ more thorough description, see <A
+HREF="http://www.ubiqx.org/cifs/"
+TARGET="_top"
+> http://www.ubiqx.org/cifs/</A
+>. Samba also implements the NetBIOS
+ protocol in nmbd.</P
><P
></P
><DIV
@@ -87,7 +93,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
>
- daemon provides NetBIOS nameserving and browsing
+ daemon provides NetBIOS nameservice and browsing
support. The configuration file for this daemon
is described in <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
@@ -142,7 +148,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
utility supports testing printer names defined
in your <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
->printcap&#62;</TT
+>printcap</TT
> file used
by Samba.</P
></DD
@@ -214,7 +220,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN75"
+NAME="AEN76"
></A
><H2
>COMPONENTS</H2
@@ -223,17 +229,27 @@ NAME="AEN75"
component is described in a separate manual page. It is strongly
recommended that you read the documentation that comes with Samba
and the manual pages of those components that you use. If the
- manual pages aren't clear enough then please send a patch or
- bug report to <A
-HREF="mailto:samba@samba.org"
+ manual pages and documents aren't clear enough then please visit
+ <A
+HREF="http://devel.samba.org/"
TARGET="_top"
-> samba@samba.org</A
-></P
+>http://devel.samba.org</A
+>
+ for information on how to file a bug report or submit a patch.</P
+><P
+>If you require help, visit the Samba webpage at
+ <A
+HREF="http://samba.org/"
+TARGET="_top"
+>http://www.samba.org/</A
+> and
+ explore the many option available to you.
+ </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN79"
+NAME="AEN82"
></A
><H2
>AVAILABILITY</H2
@@ -270,7 +286,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN87"
+NAME="AEN90"
></A
><H2
>VERSION</H2
@@ -281,7 +297,7 @@ NAME="AEN87"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN90"
+NAME="AEN93"
></A
><H2
>CONTRIBUTIONS</H2
@@ -295,11 +311,14 @@ TARGET="_top"
>.
</P
><P
->If you have patches to submit or bugs to report
- then you may mail them directly to samba-patches@samba.org.
- Note, however, that due to the enormous popularity of this
- package the Samba Team may take some time to respond to mail. We
- prefer patches in <B
+>If you have patches to submit, visit
+ <A
+HREF="http://devel.samba.org/"
+TARGET="_top"
+>http://devel.samba.org/</A
+>
+ for information on how to do it properly. We prefer patches in
+ <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>diff -u</B
> format.</P
@@ -307,7 +326,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN96"
+NAME="AEN100"
></A
><H2
>CONTRIBUTORS</H2
@@ -339,7 +358,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN103"
+NAME="AEN107"
></A
><H2
>AUTHOR</H2
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html b/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html
index df91738cd8..14820cb623 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html
@@ -1,12 +1,11 @@
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN">
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>smb.conf</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.76b+
-"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -16,7 +15,9 @@ VLINK="#840084"
ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
-NAME="SMB.CONF">smb.conf</H1
+NAME="SMB.CONF"
+></A
+>smb.conf</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -123,9 +124,12 @@ NAME="AEN28"
><P
>There are three special sections, [global],
[homes] and [printers], which are
- described under <I
+ described under <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>special sections</I
+></SPAN
>. The
following notes apply to ordinary section descriptions.</P
><P
@@ -139,14 +143,20 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
printable services (used by the client to access print services
on the host running the server).</P
><P
->Sections may be designated <I
+>Sections may be designated <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>guest</I
+></SPAN
> services,
in which case no password is required to access them. A specified
- UNIX <I
+ UNIX <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>guest account</I
+></SPAN
> is used to define access
privileges in this case.</P
><P
@@ -168,12 +178,6 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>/home/bar</TT
>.
The share is accessed via the share name "foo":</P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="SCREEN"
> <TT
@@ -184,25 +188,19 @@ CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
</TT
>
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
><P
>The following sample section defines a printable share.
The share is readonly, but printable. That is, the only write
access permitted is via calls to open, write to and close a
- spool file. The <I
+ spool file. The <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>guest ok</I
+></SPAN
> parameter means
access will be permitted as the default guest user (specified
elsewhere):</P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="SCREEN"
> <TT
@@ -215,9 +213,6 @@ CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
</TT
>
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
@@ -275,9 +270,12 @@ NAME="AEN53"
></LI
></UL
><P
->If you decide to use a <I
+>If you decide to use a <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>path =</I
+></SPAN
> line
in your [homes] section then you may find it useful
to use the %S macro. For example :</P
@@ -306,12 +304,6 @@ CLASS="USERINPUT"
a normal service section can specify, though some make more sense
than others. The following is a typical and suitable [homes]
section:</P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="SCREEN"
> <TT
@@ -321,32 +313,41 @@ CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
</TT
>
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
><P
>An important point is that if guest access is specified
in the [homes] section, all home directories will be
- visible to all clients <I
+ visible to all clients <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>without a password</I
+></SPAN
>.
In the very unlikely event that this is actually desirable, it
- would be wise to also specify <I
+ would be wise to also specify <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>read only
access</I
+></SPAN
>.</P
><P
->Note that the <I
+>Note that the <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>browseable</I
+></SPAN
> flag for
auto home directories will be inherited from the global browseable
flag, not the [homes] browseable flag. This is useful as
- it means setting <I
+ it means setting <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>browseable = no</I
+></SPAN
> in
the [homes] section will hide the [homes] share but make
any auto home directories visible.</P
@@ -406,12 +407,6 @@ NAME="AEN79"
world-writeable spool directory with the sticky bit set on
it. A typical [printers] entry would look like
this:</P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="SCREEN"
><TT
@@ -422,21 +417,12 @@ CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
printable = yes
</TT
></PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
><P
>All aliases given for a printer in the printcap file
are legitimate printer names as far as the server is concerned.
If your printing subsystem doesn't work like that, you will have
to set up a pseudo-printcap. This is a file consisting of one or
more lines like this:</P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="SCREEN"
> <TT
@@ -445,9 +431,6 @@ CLASS="COMPUTEROUTPUT"
</TT
>
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
><P
>Each alias should be an acceptable printer name for
your printing subsystem. In the [global] section, specify
@@ -479,29 +462,44 @@ NAME="AEN102"
>parameters define the specific attributes of sections.</P
><P
>Some parameters are specific to the [global] section
- (e.g., <I
+ (e.g., <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>security</I
+></SPAN
>). Some parameters are usable
- in all sections (e.g., <I
+ in all sections (e.g., <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>create mode</I
+></SPAN
>). All others
are permissible only in normal sections. For the purposes of the
following descriptions the [homes] and [printers]
- sections will be considered normal. The letter <I
+ sections will be considered normal. The letter <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>G</I
+></SPAN
>
in parentheses indicates that a parameter is specific to the
- [global] section. The letter <I
+ [global] section. The letter <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>S</I
+></SPAN
>
indicates that a parameter can be specified in a service specific
- section. Note that all <I
+ section. Note that all <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>S</I
+></SPAN
> parameters can also be specified in
the [global] section - in which case they will define
the default behavior for all services.</P
@@ -621,9 +619,12 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
>the name of your NIS home directory server.
This is obtained from your NIS auto.map entry. If you have
- not compiled Samba with the <I
+ not compiled Samba with the <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>--with-automount</I
+></SPAN
>
option then this value will be the same as %L.</P
></DD
@@ -733,9 +734,12 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
> controls if names that have characters that
aren't of the "default" case are mangled. For example,
if this is yes then a name like "Mail" would be mangled.
- Default <I
+ Default <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no</I
+></SPAN
>.</P
></DD
><DT
@@ -744,9 +748,12 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
><P
>controls whether filenames are case sensitive. If
they aren't then Samba must do a filename search and match on passed
- names. Default <I
+ names. Default <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no</I
+></SPAN
>.</P
></DD
><DT
@@ -754,9 +761,12 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
><DD
><P
>controls what the default case is for new
- filenames. Default <I
+ filenames. Default <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>lower</I
+></SPAN
>.</P
></DD
><DT
@@ -765,9 +775,12 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
><P
>controls if new files are created with the
case that the client passes, or if they are forced to be the
- "default" case. Default <I
+ "default" case. Default <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>yes</I
+></SPAN
>.
</P
></DD
@@ -780,9 +793,12 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
upper case, or if they are forced to be the "default"
case. This option can be use with "preserve case = yes"
to permit long filenames to retain their case, while short names
- are lowercased. Default <I
+ are lowercased. Default <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>yes</I
+></SPAN
>.</P
></DD
></DL
@@ -885,7 +901,7 @@ NAME="AEN255"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"
+HREF="#ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -897,7 +913,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ADDGROUPSCRIPT"
+HREF="#ADDGROUPSCRIPT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -909,7 +925,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"
+HREF="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -921,7 +937,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ADDSHARECOMMAND"
+HREF="#ADDSHARECOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -933,7 +949,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ADDUSERSCRIPT"
+HREF="#ADDUSERSCRIPT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -945,7 +961,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"
+HREF="#ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -957,7 +973,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ADDMACHINESCRIPT"
+HREF="#ADDMACHINESCRIPT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -969,7 +985,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"
+HREF="#DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -981,7 +997,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ADSSERVER"
+HREF="#ADSSERVER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -993,7 +1009,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"
+HREF="#ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1005,7 +1021,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"
+HREF="#ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1017,7 +1033,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ANNOUNCEAS"
+HREF="#ANNOUNCEAS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1029,7 +1045,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ANNOUNCEVERSION"
+HREF="#ANNOUNCEVERSION"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1041,7 +1057,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#AUTHMETHODS"
+HREF="#AUTHMETHODS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1053,7 +1069,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#AUTOSERVICES"
+HREF="#AUTOSERVICES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1065,7 +1081,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#BINDINTERFACESONLY"
+HREF="#BINDINTERFACESONLY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1077,7 +1093,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#BROWSELIST"
+HREF="#BROWSELIST"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1089,7 +1105,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#CHANGENOTIFYTIMEOUT"
+HREF="#CHANGENOTIFYTIMEOUT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1101,7 +1117,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#CHANGESHARECOMMAND"
+HREF="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1113,7 +1129,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#CONFIGFILE"
+HREF="#CONFIGFILE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1125,7 +1141,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DEADTIME"
+HREF="#DEADTIME"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1137,7 +1153,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"
+HREF="#DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1149,7 +1165,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DEBUGPID"
+HREF="#DEBUGPID"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1161,7 +1177,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"
+HREF="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1173,7 +1189,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DEBUGUID"
+HREF="#DEBUGUID"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1185,7 +1201,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DEBUGLEVEL"
+HREF="#DEBUGLEVEL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1197,7 +1213,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DEFAULT"
+HREF="#DEFAULT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1209,7 +1225,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DEFAULTSERVICE"
+HREF="#DEFAULTSERVICE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1221,7 +1237,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"
+HREF="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1233,7 +1249,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DELETESHARECOMMAND"
+HREF="#DELETESHARECOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1245,7 +1261,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DELETEUSERSCRIPT"
+HREF="#DELETEUSERSCRIPT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1257,7 +1273,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"
+HREF="#DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1269,7 +1285,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DFREECOMMAND"
+HREF="#DFREECOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1281,7 +1297,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DISABLENETBIOS"
+HREF="#DISABLENETBIOS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1293,7 +1309,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DISABLESPOOLSS"
+HREF="#DISABLESPOOLSS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1305,7 +1321,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DISPLAYCHARSET"
+HREF="#DISPLAYCHARSET"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1317,7 +1333,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DNSPROXY"
+HREF="#DNSPROXY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1329,7 +1345,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DOMAINLOGONS"
+HREF="#DOMAINLOGONS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1341,7 +1357,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DOMAINMASTER"
+HREF="#DOMAINMASTER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1353,7 +1369,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DOSCHARSET"
+HREF="#DOSCHARSET"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1365,7 +1381,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"
+HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1377,7 +1393,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ENHANCEDBROWSING"
+HREF="#ENHANCEDBROWSING"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1389,7 +1405,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"
+HREF="#ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1401,7 +1417,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#GETWDCACHE"
+HREF="#GETWDCACHE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1413,7 +1429,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#HIDELOCALUSERS"
+HREF="#HIDELOCALUSERS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1425,7 +1441,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#HIDEUNREADABLE"
+HREF="#HIDEUNREADABLE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1437,7 +1453,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"
+HREF="#HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1449,7 +1465,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#HIDESPECIALFILES"
+HREF="#HIDESPECIALFILES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1461,7 +1477,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#HOMEDIRMAP"
+HREF="#HOMEDIRMAP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1473,7 +1489,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#HOSTMSDFS"
+HREF="#HOSTMSDFS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1485,7 +1501,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"
+HREF="#HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1497,7 +1513,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#HOSTSEQUIV"
+HREF="#HOSTSEQUIV"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1509,7 +1525,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#INTERFACES"
+HREF="#INTERFACES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1521,7 +1537,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#KEEPALIVE"
+HREF="#KEEPALIVE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1533,7 +1549,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#KERNELOPLOCKS"
+HREF="#KERNELOPLOCKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1545,7 +1561,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LANMANAUTH"
+HREF="#LANMANAUTH"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1557,7 +1573,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LARGEREADWRITE"
+HREF="#LARGEREADWRITE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1569,7 +1585,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LDAPADMINDN"
+HREF="#LDAPADMINDN"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1581,7 +1597,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LDAPFILTER"
+HREF="#LDAPFILTER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1593,7 +1609,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LDAPSSL"
+HREF="#LDAPSSL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1605,7 +1621,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LDAPSUFFIX"
+HREF="#LDAPSUFFIX"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1617,7 +1633,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LDAPUSERSUFFIX"
+HREF="#LDAPUSERSUFFIX"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1629,7 +1645,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"
+HREF="#LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1641,7 +1657,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LDAPPASSWDSYNC"
+HREF="#LDAPPASSWDSYNC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1653,7 +1669,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LMANNOUNCE"
+HREF="#LMANNOUNCE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1665,7 +1681,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LMINTERVAL"
+HREF="#LMINTERVAL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1677,7 +1693,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LOADPRINTERS"
+HREF="#LOADPRINTERS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1689,7 +1705,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LOCALMASTER"
+HREF="#LOCALMASTER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1701,7 +1717,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LOCKDIR"
+HREF="#LOCKDIR"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1713,7 +1729,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LOCKDIRECTORY"
+HREF="#LOCKDIRECTORY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1725,7 +1741,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LOCKSPINCOUNT"
+HREF="#LOCKSPINCOUNT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1737,7 +1753,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LOCKSPINTIME"
+HREF="#LOCKSPINTIME"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1749,7 +1765,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PIDDIRECTORY"
+HREF="#PIDDIRECTORY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1761,7 +1777,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LOGFILE"
+HREF="#LOGFILE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1773,7 +1789,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LOGLEVEL"
+HREF="#LOGLEVEL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1785,7 +1801,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LOGONDRIVE"
+HREF="#LOGONDRIVE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1797,7 +1813,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LOGONHOME"
+HREF="#LOGONHOME"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1809,7 +1825,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LOGONPATH"
+HREF="#LOGONPATH"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1821,7 +1837,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LOGONSCRIPT"
+HREF="#LOGONSCRIPT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1833,7 +1849,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LPQCACHETIME"
+HREF="#LPQCACHETIME"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1845,7 +1861,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"
+HREF="#MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1857,7 +1873,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MANGLEDSTACK"
+HREF="#MANGLEDSTACK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1869,7 +1885,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MAPTOGUEST"
+HREF="#MAPTOGUEST"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1881,7 +1897,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MAXDISKSIZE"
+HREF="#MAXDISKSIZE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1893,7 +1909,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MAXLOGSIZE"
+HREF="#MAXLOGSIZE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1905,7 +1921,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MAXMUX"
+HREF="#MAXMUX"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1917,7 +1933,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MAXOPENFILES"
+HREF="#MAXOPENFILES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1929,7 +1945,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MAXPROTOCOL"
+HREF="#MAXPROTOCOL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1941,7 +1957,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MAXSMBDPROCESSES"
+HREF="#MAXSMBDPROCESSES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1953,7 +1969,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MAXTTL"
+HREF="#MAXTTL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1965,7 +1981,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MAXWINSTTL"
+HREF="#MAXWINSTTL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1977,7 +1993,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MAXXMIT"
+HREF="#MAXXMIT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -1989,7 +2005,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MESSAGECOMMAND"
+HREF="#MESSAGECOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2001,7 +2017,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MINPASSWDLENGTH"
+HREF="#MINPASSWDLENGTH"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2013,7 +2029,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MINPASSWORDLENGTH"
+HREF="#MINPASSWORDLENGTH"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2025,7 +2041,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MINPROTOCOL"
+HREF="#MINPROTOCOL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2037,7 +2053,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MINWINSTTL"
+HREF="#MINWINSTTL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2049,7 +2065,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#NAMECACHETIMEOUT"
+HREF="#NAMECACHETIMEOUT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2061,7 +2077,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER"
+HREF="#NAMERESOLVEORDER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2073,7 +2089,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#NETBIOSALIASES"
+HREF="#NETBIOSALIASES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2085,7 +2101,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#NETBIOSNAME"
+HREF="#NETBIOSNAME"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2097,7 +2113,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#NETBIOSSCOPE"
+HREF="#NETBIOSSCOPE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2109,7 +2125,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#NISHOMEDIR"
+HREF="#NISHOMEDIR"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2121,7 +2137,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#NTLMAUTH"
+HREF="#NTLMAUTH"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2133,7 +2149,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE"
+HREF="#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2145,7 +2161,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#NTPIPESUPPORT"
+HREF="#NTPIPESUPPORT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2157,7 +2173,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#NTSTATUSSUPPORT"
+HREF="#NTSTATUSSUPPORT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2169,7 +2185,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#NULLPASSWORDS"
+HREF="#NULLPASSWORDS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2181,7 +2197,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"
+HREF="#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2193,7 +2209,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"
+HREF="#OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2205,7 +2221,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#OSLEVEL"
+HREF="#OSLEVEL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2217,7 +2233,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#OS2DRIVERMAP"
+HREF="#OS2DRIVERMAP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2229,7 +2245,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"
+HREF="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2241,7 +2257,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PANICACTION"
+HREF="#PANICACTION"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2253,7 +2269,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"
+HREF="#PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2265,7 +2281,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSDBBACKEND"
+HREF="#PASSDBBACKEND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2277,7 +2293,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWDCHAT"
+HREF="#PASSWDCHAT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2289,7 +2305,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWDCHATDEBUG"
+HREF="#PASSWDCHATDEBUG"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2301,7 +2317,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWDPROGRAM"
+HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2313,7 +2329,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWORDLEVEL"
+HREF="#PASSWORDLEVEL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2325,7 +2341,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWORDSERVER"
+HREF="#PASSWORDSERVER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2337,7 +2353,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PREFEREDMASTER"
+HREF="#PREFEREDMASTER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2349,7 +2365,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PREFERREDMASTER"
+HREF="#PREFERREDMASTER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2361,7 +2377,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PRELOAD"
+HREF="#PRELOAD"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2373,7 +2389,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTCAP"
+HREF="#PRINTCAP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2385,7 +2401,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTCAPNAME"
+HREF="#PRINTCAPNAME"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2397,7 +2413,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTERDRIVERFILE"
+HREF="#PRINTERDRIVERFILE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2409,7 +2425,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PRIVATEDIR"
+HREF="#PRIVATEDIR"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2421,7 +2437,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PROTOCOL"
+HREF="#PROTOCOL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2433,7 +2449,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#READBMPX"
+HREF="#READBMPX"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2445,7 +2461,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#READRAW"
+HREF="#READRAW"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2457,7 +2473,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#READSIZE"
+HREF="#READSIZE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2469,7 +2485,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#REALM"
+HREF="#REALM"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2481,7 +2497,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#REMOTEANNOUNCE"
+HREF="#REMOTEANNOUNCE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2493,7 +2509,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#REMOTEBROWSESYNC"
+HREF="#REMOTEBROWSESYNC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2505,7 +2521,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#RESTRICTANONYMOUS"
+HREF="#RESTRICTANONYMOUS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2517,7 +2533,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ROOT"
+HREF="#ROOT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2529,7 +2545,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ROOTDIR"
+HREF="#ROOTDIR"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2541,7 +2557,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ROOTDIRECTORY"
+HREF="#ROOTDIRECTORY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2553,7 +2569,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITY"
+HREF="#SECURITY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2565,7 +2581,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#SERVERSTRING"
+HREF="#SERVERSTRING"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2577,7 +2593,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"
+HREF="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2589,7 +2605,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"
+HREF="#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2601,7 +2617,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#SMBPASSWDFILE"
+HREF="#SMBPASSWDFILE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2613,7 +2629,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#SMBPORTS"
+HREF="#SMBPORTS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2625,7 +2641,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#SOCKETADDRESS"
+HREF="#SOCKETADDRESS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2637,7 +2653,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#SOCKETOPTIONS"
+HREF="#SOCKETOPTIONS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2649,7 +2665,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#SOURCEENVIRONMENT"
+HREF="#SOURCEENVIRONMENT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2661,7 +2677,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#SPNEGO"
+HREF="#SPNEGO"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2673,7 +2689,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#STATCACHE"
+HREF="#STATCACHE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2685,7 +2701,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#STATCACHESIZE"
+HREF="#STATCACHESIZE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2697,7 +2713,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#STRIPDOT"
+HREF="#STRIPDOT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2709,7 +2725,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#SYSLOG"
+HREF="#SYSLOG"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2721,7 +2737,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#SYSLOGONLY"
+HREF="#SYSLOGONLY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2733,7 +2749,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"
+HREF="#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2745,7 +2761,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#TEMPLATESHELL"
+HREF="#TEMPLATESHELL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2757,7 +2773,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#TIMEOFFSET"
+HREF="#TIMEOFFSET"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2769,7 +2785,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#TIMESERVER"
+HREF="#TIMESERVER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2781,7 +2797,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#TIMESTAMPLOGS"
+HREF="#TIMESTAMPLOGS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2793,7 +2809,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#TOTALPRINTJOBS"
+HREF="#TOTALPRINTJOBS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2805,7 +2821,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#UNICODE"
+HREF="#UNICODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2817,7 +2833,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#UNIXCHARSET"
+HREF="#UNIXCHARSET"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2829,7 +2845,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#UNIXEXTENSIONS"
+HREF="#UNIXEXTENSIONS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2841,7 +2857,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"
+HREF="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2853,7 +2869,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#UPDATEENCRYPTED"
+HREF="#UPDATEENCRYPTED"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2865,7 +2881,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#USEMMAP"
+HREF="#USEMMAP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2877,7 +2893,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#USERHOSTS"
+HREF="#USERHOSTS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2889,7 +2905,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#USESENDFILE"
+HREF="#USESENDFILE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2901,7 +2917,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#USERNAMELEVEL"
+HREF="#USERNAMELEVEL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2913,7 +2929,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#USERNAMEMAP"
+HREF="#USERNAMEMAP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2925,7 +2941,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#UTMP"
+HREF="#UTMP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2937,7 +2953,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#UTMPDIRECTORY"
+HREF="#UTMPDIRECTORY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2949,7 +2965,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WTMPDIRECTORY"
+HREF="#WTMPDIRECTORY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2961,7 +2977,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WINBINDCACHETIME"
+HREF="#WINBINDCACHETIME"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2973,7 +2989,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WINBINDENUMUSERS"
+HREF="#WINBINDENUMUSERS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2985,7 +3001,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WINBINDENUMGROUPS"
+HREF="#WINBINDENUMGROUPS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -2997,7 +3013,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WINBINDGID"
+HREF="#WINBINDGID"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3009,7 +3025,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR"
+HREF="#WINBINDSEPARATOR"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3021,7 +3037,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WINBINDUID"
+HREF="#WINBINDUID"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3033,7 +3049,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"
+HREF="#WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3045,7 +3061,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WINSHOOK"
+HREF="#WINSHOOK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3057,7 +3073,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WINSPARTNERS"
+HREF="#WINSPARTNERS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3069,7 +3085,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WINSPROXY"
+HREF="#WINSPROXY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3081,7 +3097,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WINSSERVER"
+HREF="#WINSSERVER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3093,7 +3109,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WINSSUPPORT"
+HREF="#WINSSUPPORT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3105,7 +3121,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WORKGROUP"
+HREF="#WORKGROUP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3117,7 +3133,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WRITERAW"
+HREF="#WRITERAW"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3144,7 +3160,7 @@ NAME="AEN1007"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ADMINUSERS"
+HREF="#ADMINUSERS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3156,7 +3172,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ALLOWHOSTS"
+HREF="#ALLOWHOSTS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3168,7 +3184,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#AVAILABLE"
+HREF="#AVAILABLE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3180,7 +3196,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#BLOCKINGLOCKS"
+HREF="#BLOCKINGLOCKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3192,7 +3208,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#BLOCKSIZE"
+HREF="#BLOCKSIZE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3204,7 +3220,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#BROWSABLE"
+HREF="#BROWSABLE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3216,7 +3232,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#BROWSEABLE"
+HREF="#BROWSEABLE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3228,7 +3244,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#CASESENSITIVE"
+HREF="#CASESENSITIVE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3240,7 +3256,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#CASESIGNAMES"
+HREF="#CASESIGNAMES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3252,7 +3268,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#COMMENT"
+HREF="#COMMENT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3264,7 +3280,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#COPY"
+HREF="#COPY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3276,7 +3292,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#CREATEMASK"
+HREF="#CREATEMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3288,7 +3304,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#CREATEMODE"
+HREF="#CREATEMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3300,7 +3316,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#CSCPOLICY"
+HREF="#CSCPOLICY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3312,7 +3328,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DEFAULTCASE"
+HREF="#DEFAULTCASE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3324,7 +3340,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DEFAULTDEVMODE"
+HREF="#DEFAULTDEVMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3336,7 +3352,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DELETEREADONLY"
+HREF="#DELETEREADONLY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3348,7 +3364,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DELETEVETOFILES"
+HREF="#DELETEVETOFILES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3360,7 +3376,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DENYHOSTS"
+HREF="#DENYHOSTS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3372,7 +3388,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DIRECTORY"
+HREF="#DIRECTORY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3384,7 +3400,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DIRECTORYMASK"
+HREF="#DIRECTORYMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3396,7 +3412,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DIRECTORYMODE"
+HREF="#DIRECTORYMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3408,7 +3424,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"
+HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3420,7 +3436,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DONTDESCEND"
+HREF="#DONTDESCEND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3432,7 +3448,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DOSFILEMODE"
+HREF="#DOSFILEMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3444,7 +3460,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"
+HREF="#DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3456,7 +3472,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DOSFILETIMES"
+HREF="#DOSFILETIMES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3468,7 +3484,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#EXEC"
+HREF="#EXEC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3480,7 +3496,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"
+HREF="#FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3492,7 +3508,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#FAKEOPLOCKS"
+HREF="#FAKEOPLOCKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3504,7 +3520,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#FOLLOWSYMLINKS"
+HREF="#FOLLOWSYMLINKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3516,7 +3532,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCECREATEMODE"
+HREF="#FORCECREATEMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3528,7 +3544,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"
+HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3540,7 +3556,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"
+HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3552,7 +3568,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCEGROUP"
+HREF="#FORCEGROUP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3564,7 +3580,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCESECURITYMODE"
+HREF="#FORCESECURITYMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3576,7 +3592,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCEUSER"
+HREF="#FORCEUSER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3588,7 +3604,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#FSTYPE"
+HREF="#FSTYPE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3600,7 +3616,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#GROUP"
+HREF="#GROUP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3612,7 +3628,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTACCOUNT"
+HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3624,7 +3640,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTOK"
+HREF="#GUESTOK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3636,7 +3652,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTONLY"
+HREF="#GUESTONLY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3648,7 +3664,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#HIDEDOTFILES"
+HREF="#HIDEDOTFILES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3660,7 +3676,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#HIDEFILES"
+HREF="#HIDEFILES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3672,7 +3688,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#HOSTSALLOW"
+HREF="#HOSTSALLOW"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3684,7 +3700,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#HOSTSDENY"
+HREF="#HOSTSDENY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3696,7 +3712,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#INCLUDE"
+HREF="#INCLUDE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3708,7 +3724,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#INHERITACLS"
+HREF="#INHERITACLS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3720,7 +3736,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#INHERITPERMISSIONS"
+HREF="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3732,7 +3748,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#INVALIDUSERS"
+HREF="#INVALIDUSERS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3744,7 +3760,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LEVEL2OPLOCKS"
+HREF="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3756,7 +3772,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LOCKING"
+HREF="#LOCKING"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3768,7 +3784,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LPPAUSECOMMAND"
+HREF="#LPPAUSECOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3780,7 +3796,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LPQCOMMAND"
+HREF="#LPQCOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3792,7 +3808,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LPRESUMECOMMAND"
+HREF="#LPRESUMECOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3804,7 +3820,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#LPRMCOMMAND"
+HREF="#LPRMCOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3816,7 +3832,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MAGICOUTPUT"
+HREF="#MAGICOUTPUT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3828,7 +3844,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MAGICSCRIPT"
+HREF="#MAGICSCRIPT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3840,7 +3856,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MANGLECASE"
+HREF="#MANGLECASE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3852,7 +3868,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MANGLEDMAP"
+HREF="#MANGLEDMAP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3864,7 +3880,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MANGLEDNAMES"
+HREF="#MANGLEDNAMES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3876,7 +3892,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MANGLINGCHAR"
+HREF="#MANGLINGCHAR"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3888,7 +3904,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MANGLINGMETHOD"
+HREF="#MANGLINGMETHOD"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3900,7 +3916,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MAPARCHIVE"
+HREF="#MAPARCHIVE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3912,7 +3928,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MAPHIDDEN"
+HREF="#MAPHIDDEN"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3924,7 +3940,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MAPSYSTEM"
+HREF="#MAPSYSTEM"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3936,7 +3952,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MAXCONNECTIONS"
+HREF="#MAXCONNECTIONS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3948,7 +3964,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MAXPRINTJOBS"
+HREF="#MAXPRINTJOBS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3960,7 +3976,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MINPRINTSPACE"
+HREF="#MINPRINTSPACE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3972,7 +3988,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#MSDFSROOT"
+HREF="#MSDFSROOT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3984,7 +4000,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#NTACLSUPPORT"
+HREF="#NTACLSUPPORT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -3996,7 +4012,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ONLYGUEST"
+HREF="#ONLYGUEST"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4008,7 +4024,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ONLYUSER"
+HREF="#ONLYUSER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4020,7 +4036,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"
+HREF="#OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4032,7 +4048,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#OPLOCKS"
+HREF="#OPLOCKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4044,7 +4060,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PATH"
+HREF="#PATH"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4056,7 +4072,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#POSIXLOCKING"
+HREF="#POSIXLOCKING"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4068,7 +4084,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#POSTEXEC"
+HREF="#POSTEXEC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4080,7 +4096,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#POSTSCRIPT"
+HREF="#POSTSCRIPT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4092,7 +4108,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PREEXEC"
+HREF="#PREEXEC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4104,7 +4120,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PREEXECCLOSE"
+HREF="#PREEXECCLOSE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4116,7 +4132,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PRESERVECASE"
+HREF="#PRESERVECASE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4128,7 +4144,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTCOMMAND"
+HREF="#PRINTCOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4140,7 +4156,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTOK"
+HREF="#PRINTOK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4152,7 +4168,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTABLE"
+HREF="#PRINTABLE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4164,7 +4180,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTER"
+HREF="#PRINTER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4176,7 +4192,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTERADMIN"
+HREF="#PRINTERADMIN"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4188,7 +4204,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTERDRIVER"
+HREF="#PRINTERDRIVER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4200,7 +4216,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTERDRIVERLOCATION"
+HREF="#PRINTERDRIVERLOCATION"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4212,7 +4228,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTERNAME"
+HREF="#PRINTERNAME"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4224,7 +4240,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTING"
+HREF="#PRINTING"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4236,7 +4252,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#PUBLIC"
+HREF="#PUBLIC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4248,7 +4264,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"
+HREF="#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4260,7 +4276,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"
+HREF="#QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4272,7 +4288,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#READLIST"
+HREF="#READLIST"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4284,7 +4300,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#READONLY"
+HREF="#READONLY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4296,7 +4312,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ROOTPOSTEXEC"
+HREF="#ROOTPOSTEXEC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4308,7 +4324,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ROOTPREEXEC"
+HREF="#ROOTPREEXEC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4320,7 +4336,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"
+HREF="#ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4332,7 +4348,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITYMASK"
+HREF="#SECURITYMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4344,7 +4360,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#SETDIRECTORY"
+HREF="#SETDIRECTORY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4356,7 +4372,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#SHAREMODES"
+HREF="#SHAREMODES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4368,7 +4384,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#SHORTPRESERVECASE"
+HREF="#SHORTPRESERVECASE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4380,7 +4396,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#STRICTALLOCATE"
+HREF="#STRICTALLOCATE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4392,7 +4408,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#STRICTLOCKING"
+HREF="#STRICTLOCKING"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4404,7 +4420,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#STRICTSYNC"
+HREF="#STRICTSYNC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4416,7 +4432,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#SYNCALWAYS"
+HREF="#SYNCALWAYS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4428,7 +4444,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#USECLIENTDRIVER"
+HREF="#USECLIENTDRIVER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4440,7 +4456,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#USER"
+HREF="#USER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4452,7 +4468,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#USERNAME"
+HREF="#USERNAME"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4464,7 +4480,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#USERS"
+HREF="#USERS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4476,7 +4492,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#VALIDUSERS"
+HREF="#VALIDUSERS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4488,7 +4504,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#VETOFILES"
+HREF="#VETOFILES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4500,7 +4516,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#VETOOPLOCKFILES"
+HREF="#VETOOPLOCKFILES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4512,7 +4528,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#VFSPATH"
+HREF="#VFSPATH"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4524,7 +4540,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#VFSOBJECT"
+HREF="#VFSOBJECT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4536,7 +4552,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#VFSOPTIONS"
+HREF="#VFSOPTIONS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4548,7 +4564,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#VOLUME"
+HREF="#VOLUME"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4560,7 +4576,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WIDELINKS"
+HREF="#WIDELINKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4572,7 +4588,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WRITABLE"
+HREF="#WRITABLE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4584,7 +4600,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WRITECACHESIZE"
+HREF="#WRITECACHESIZE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4596,7 +4612,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WRITELIST"
+HREF="#WRITELIST"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4608,7 +4624,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WRITEOK"
+HREF="#WRITEOK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4620,7 +4636,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><LI
><P
><A
-HREF="r1.html#WRITEABLE"
+HREF="#WRITEABLE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4650,9 +4666,12 @@ NAME="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"
>abort shutdown script (G)</DT
><DD
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>This parameter only exists in the HEAD cvs branch</I
+></SPAN
>
This a full path name to a script called by
<A
@@ -4664,7 +4683,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
></A
> that
should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the <A
-HREF="r1.html#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"
+HREF="#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4675,9 +4694,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>This command will be run as user.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>None</I
+></SPAN
>.</P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -4817,7 +4839,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"
+HREF="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4825,7 +4847,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTING"
+HREF="#PRINTING"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4834,7 +4856,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>,
<A
-HREF="r1.html#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"
+HREF="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4844,9 +4866,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
></P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>none</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -4953,7 +4978,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
> This parameter is only used for add file shares. To add printer shares,
see the <A
-HREF="r1.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"
+HREF="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4965,7 +4990,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
</P
><P
> See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#CHANGESHARECOMMAND"
+HREF="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4974,7 +4999,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#DELETESHARECOMMAND"
+HREF="#DELETESHARECOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -4985,9 +5010,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>.
</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>none</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -5016,7 +5044,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->add machine script = &#60;empty string&#62;
+>add machine script = &lt;empty string&gt;
</B
></P
><P
@@ -5056,9 +5084,12 @@ NAME="ADDUSERSCRIPT"
><DD
><P
>This is the full pathname to a script that will
- be run <I
+ be run <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>AS ROOT</I
+></SPAN
> by <A
HREF="smbd.8.html"
TARGET="_top"
@@ -5075,9 +5106,12 @@ HREF="smbd.8.html"
TARGET="_top"
>smbd</A
> to create the required UNIX users
- <I
+ <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>ON DEMAND</I
+></SPAN
> when a user accesses the Samba server.</P
><P
>In order to use this option, <A
@@ -5085,9 +5119,12 @@ HREF="smbd.8.html"
TARGET="_top"
>smbd</A
>
- must <I
+ must <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>NOT</I
+></SPAN
> be set to <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -5136,9 +5173,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbd</B
> will
- call the specified script <I
+ call the specified script <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>AS ROOT</I
+></SPAN
>, expanding
any <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
@@ -5156,7 +5196,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
match existing Windows NT accounts.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITY"
+HREF="#SECURITY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -5164,7 +5204,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWORDSERVER"
+HREF="#PASSWORDSERVER"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -5173,7 +5213,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>,
<A
-HREF="r1.html#DELETEUSERSCRIPT"
+HREF="#DELETEUSERSCRIPT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -5185,7 +5225,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->add user script = &#60;empty string&#62;
+>add user script = &lt;empty string&gt;
</B
></P
><P
@@ -5203,9 +5243,12 @@ NAME="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"
><DD
><P
>This is the full pathname to a script that will
- be run <I
+ be run <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>AS ROOT</I
+></SPAN
> by <A
HREF="smbd.8.html"
TARGET="_top"
@@ -5241,9 +5284,12 @@ NAME="ADMINUSERS"
this list will be able to do anything they like on the share,
irrespective of file permissions.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no admin users</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -5265,9 +5311,12 @@ HREF="smbd.8.html"
TARGET="_top"
>smbd(8)</A
>
- <I
+ <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>AS ROOT</I
+></SPAN
>. Any <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -5301,7 +5350,7 @@ NAME="ALLOWHOSTS"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#HOSTSALLOW"
+HREF="#HOSTSALLOW"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -5350,7 +5399,7 @@ NAME="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"
><DD
><P
>This option only takes effect when the <A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITY"
+HREF="#SECURITY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -5454,7 +5503,7 @@ NAME="AUTOSERVICES"
><DD
><P
>This is a synonym for the <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRELOAD"
+HREF="#PRELOAD"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -5476,7 +5525,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbd</B
> will use when authenticating
a user. This option defaults to sensible values based on <A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITY"
+HREF="#SECURITY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -5492,7 +5541,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->auth methods = &#60;empty string&#62;</B
+>auth methods = &lt;empty string&gt;</B
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -5513,9 +5562,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>available = no</I
></TT
->, then <I
+>, then <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>ALL</I
+></SPAN
>
attempts to connect to the service will fail. Such failures are
logged.</P
@@ -5551,7 +5603,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
> to bind
to ports 137 and 138 on the interfaces listed in the <A
-HREF="r1.html#INTERFACES"
+HREF="#INTERFACES"
>interfaces</A
> parameter. <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
@@ -5605,7 +5657,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
>smbd(8)</A
>
to bind only to the interface list given in the <A
-HREF="r1.html#INTERFACES"
+HREF="#INTERFACES"
> interfaces</A
> parameter. This restricts the networks that
<B
@@ -5622,9 +5674,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>bind interfaces only</I
></TT
> is set then
- unless the network address <I
+ unless the network address <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>127.0.0.1</I
+></SPAN
> is added
to the <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
@@ -5653,9 +5708,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbpasswd</B
>
- by default connects to the <I
+ by default connects to the <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>localhost - 127.0.0.1</I
+></SPAN
>
address as an SMB client to issue the password change request. If
<TT
@@ -5664,9 +5722,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>bind interfaces only</I
></TT
> is set then unless the
- network address <I
+ network address <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>127.0.0.1</I
+></SPAN
> is added to the
<TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
@@ -5715,13 +5776,19 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
> at the address
- <I
+ <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>127.0.0.1</I
+></SPAN
> to determine if they are running.
- Not adding <I
+ Not adding <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>127.0.0.1</I
+></SPAN
> will cause <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
> smbd</B
@@ -5824,7 +5891,7 @@ NAME="BROWSABLE"
><DD
><P
>See the <A
-HREF="r1.html#BROWSEABLE"
+HREF="#BROWSEABLE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -5886,7 +5953,7 @@ NAME="CASESENSITIVE"
><DD
><P
>See the discussion in the section <A
-HREF="r1.html#AEN203"
+HREF="#AEN203"
>NAME MANGLING</A
>.</P
><P
@@ -5903,7 +5970,7 @@ NAME="CASESIGNAMES"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#CASESENSITIVE"
+HREF="#CASESENSITIVE"
>case
sensitive</A
>.</P
@@ -6047,7 +6114,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
</P
><P
> See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#ADDSHARECOMMAND"
+HREF="#ADDSHARECOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6056,7 +6123,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#DELETESHARECOMMAND"
+HREF="#DELETESHARECOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6067,9 +6134,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>.
</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>none</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -6094,7 +6164,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
>If you want to set the string that is displayed next to the
machine name then see the <A
-HREF="r1.html#SERVERSTRING"
+HREF="#SERVERSTRING"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6103,9 +6173,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
> parameter.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>No comment string</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -6162,9 +6235,12 @@ NAME="COPY"
copied must occur earlier in the configuration file than the
service doing the copying.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no value</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -6181,7 +6257,7 @@ NAME="CREATEMASK"
><P
>A synonym for this parameter is
<A
-HREF="r1.html#CREATEMODE"
+HREF="#CREATEMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6195,9 +6271,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX
permissions, and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed
with this parameter. This parameter may be thought of as a bit-wise
- MASK for the UNIX modes of a file. Any bit <I
+ MASK for the UNIX modes of a file. Any bit <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>not</I
+></SPAN
>
set here will be removed from the modes set on a file when it is
created.</P
@@ -6207,7 +6286,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
><P
>Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode created
from this parameter with the value of the <A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCECREATEMODE"
+HREF="#FORCECREATEMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6219,7 +6298,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>This parameter does not affect directory modes. See the
parameter <A
-HREF="r1.html#DIRECTORYMODE"
+HREF="#DIRECTORYMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6230,7 +6309,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> for details.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCECREATEMODE"
+HREF="#FORCECREATEMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6240,7 +6319,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
> parameter for forcing particular mode
bits to be set on created files. See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#DIRECTORYMODE"
+HREF="#DIRECTORYMODE"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6249,7 +6328,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
> parameter for masking
mode bits on created directories. See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#INHERITPERMISSIONS"
+HREF="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6261,7 +6340,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions
set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce
a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITYMASK"
+HREF="#SECURITYMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6288,7 +6367,7 @@ NAME="CREATEMODE"
><DD
><P
>This is a synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#CREATEMASK"
+HREF="#CREATEMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6304,10 +6383,13 @@ NAME="CSCPOLICY"
>csc policy (S)</DT
><DD
><P
->This stands for <I
+>This stands for <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>client-side caching
policy</I
+></SPAN
>, and specifies how clients capable of offline
caching will cache the files in the share. The valid values
are: manual, documents, programs, disable.</P
@@ -6380,7 +6462,7 @@ NAME="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"
message header when turned on.</P
><P
>Note that the parameter <A
-HREF="r1.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"
+HREF="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6412,7 +6494,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
to the timestamp message headers in the logfile when turned on.</P
><P
>Note that the parameter <A
-HREF="r1.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"
+HREF="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6436,7 +6518,7 @@ NAME="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"
><P
>Samba 2.2 debug log messages are timestamped
by default. If you are running at a high <A
-HREF="r1.html#DEBUGLEVEL"
+HREF="#DEBUGLEVEL"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6465,7 +6547,7 @@ NAME="DEBUGUID"
in the log file if turned on.</P
><P
>Note that the parameter <A
-HREF="r1.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"
+HREF="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6488,7 +6570,7 @@ NAME="DEBUGLEVEL"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#LOGLEVEL"
+HREF="#LOGLEVEL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6505,7 +6587,7 @@ NAME="DEFAULT"
><DD
><P
>A synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#DEFAULTSERVICE"
+HREF="#DEFAULTSERVICE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6522,10 +6604,10 @@ NAME="DEFAULTCASE"
><DD
><P
>See the section on <A
-HREF="r1.html#AEN203"
+HREF="#AEN203"
> NAME MANGLING</A
>. Also note the <A
-HREF="r1.html#SHORTPRESERVECASE"
+HREF="#SHORTPRESERVECASE"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6547,7 +6629,7 @@ NAME="DEFAULTDEVMODE"
><DD
><P
>This parameter is only applicable to <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTOK"
+HREF="#PRINTOK"
>printable</A
> services. When smbd is serving
Printer Drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients, each printer on the Samba
@@ -6599,9 +6681,12 @@ NAME="DEFAULTSERVICE"
><P
>This parameter specifies the name of a service
which will be connected to if the service actually requested cannot
- be found. Note that the square brackets are <I
+ be found. Note that the square brackets are <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>NOT</I
+></SPAN
>
given in the parameter value (see example below).</P
><P
@@ -6610,7 +6695,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
service results in an error.</P
><P
>Typically the default service would be a <A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTOK"
+HREF="#GUESTOK"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6618,7 +6703,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#READONLY"
+HREF="#READONLY"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6643,12 +6728,6 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>Example:</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>[global]
@@ -6657,9 +6736,6 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
[pub]
path = /%S
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
></DD
><DT
@@ -6670,9 +6746,12 @@ NAME="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"
><DD
><P
>This is the full pathname to a script that will
- be run <I
+ be run <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>AS ROOT</I
+></SPAN
> by <A
HREF="smbd.8.html"
TARGET="_top"
@@ -6744,7 +6823,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"
+HREF="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6752,7 +6831,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTING"
+HREF="#PRINTING"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6761,7 +6840,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>,
<A
-HREF="r1.html#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"
+HREF="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6771,9 +6850,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
></P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>none</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -6877,7 +6959,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
> This parameter is only used to remove file shares. To delete printer shares,
see the <A
-HREF="r1.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"
+HREF="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6889,7 +6971,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
</P
><P
> See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#ADDSHARECOMMAND"
+HREF="#ADDSHARECOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6898,7 +6980,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#CHANGESHARECOMMAND"
+HREF="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -6909,9 +6991,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>.
</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>none</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -6951,7 +7036,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->delete user script = &#60;empty string&#62;
+>delete user script = &lt;empty string&gt;
</B
></P
><P
@@ -6975,9 +7060,12 @@ HREF="smbd.8.html"
TARGET="_top"
>smbd(8)</A
>
- <I
+ <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>AS ROOT</I
+></SPAN
>. Any <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7013,7 +7101,7 @@ NAME="DELETEVETOFILES"
>This option is used when Samba is attempting to
delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories
(see the <A
-HREF="r1.html#VETOFILES"
+HREF="#VETOFILES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7049,7 +7137,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
is deleted (so long as the user has permissions to do so).</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#VETOFILES"
+HREF="#VETOFILES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7072,7 +7160,7 @@ NAME="DENYHOSTS"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#HOSTSDENY"
+HREF="#HOSTSDENY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7117,17 +7205,23 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
third return value can give the block size in bytes. The default
blocksize is 1024 bytes.</P
><P
->Note: Your script should <I
+>Note: Your script should <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>NOT</I
+></SPAN
> be setuid or
setgid and should be owned by (and writeable only by) root!</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>By default internal routines for
determining the disk capacity and remaining space will be used.
</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -7138,40 +7232,22 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
>Where the script dfree (which must be made executable) could be:</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>
#!/bin/sh
df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
>or perhaps (on Sys V based systems):</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>
#!/bin/sh
/usr/bin/df -k $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $3" "$5}'
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
>Note that you may have to replace the command names
@@ -7185,7 +7261,7 @@ NAME="DIRECTORY"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#PATH"
+HREF="#PATH"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7210,9 +7286,12 @@ NAME="DIRECTORYMASK"
calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX permissions,
and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this
parameter. This parameter may be thought of as a bit-wise MASK for
- the UNIX modes of a directory. Any bit <I
+ the UNIX modes of a directory. Any bit <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>not</I
+></SPAN
> set
here will be removed from the modes set on a directory when it is
created.</P
@@ -7223,7 +7302,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
><P
>Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode
created from this parameter with the value of the <A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"
+HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7237,7 +7316,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions
set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce
a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <A
-HREF="r1.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"
+HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7247,7 +7326,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>.</P
><P
>See the <A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"
+HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7259,7 +7338,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
bits to always be set on created directories.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#CREATEMODE"
+HREF="#CREATEMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7269,7 +7348,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
> parameter for masking mode bits on created files,
and the <A
-HREF="r1.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"
+HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7280,7 +7359,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> parameter.</P
><P
>Also refer to the <A
-HREF="r1.html#INHERITPERMISSIONS"
+HREF="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7307,7 +7386,7 @@ NAME="DIRECTORYMODE"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#DIRECTORYMASK"
+HREF="#DIRECTORYMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7338,9 +7417,12 @@ NAME="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"
meaning a user is allowed to modify all the user/group/world
permissions on a directory.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Note</I
+></SPAN
> that users who can access the
Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction,
so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems.
@@ -7351,7 +7433,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
>.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"
+HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7359,7 +7441,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITYMASK"
+HREF="#SECURITYMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7368,7 +7450,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>,
<A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCESECURITYMODE"
+HREF="#FORCESECURITYMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7429,14 +7511,17 @@ NAME="DISABLESPOOLSS"
Wizard or by using the NT printer properties dialog window. It will
also disable the capability of Windows NT/2000 clients to download
print drivers from the Samba host upon demand.
- <I
+ <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Be very careful about enabling this parameter.</I
+></SPAN
>
</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#USECLIENTDRIVER"
+HREF="#USECLIENTDRIVER"
>use client driver</A
>
</P
@@ -7500,7 +7585,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
action.</P
><P
>See also the parameter <A
-HREF="r1.html#WINSSUPPORT"
+HREF="#WINSSUPPORT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7526,7 +7611,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
>yes</TT
>, the Samba server will serve
Windows 95/98 Domain logons for the <A
-HREF="r1.html#WORKGROUP"
+HREF="#WORKGROUP"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7568,7 +7653,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> to
claim a special domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies
it as a domain master browser for its given <A
-HREF="r1.html#WORKGROUP"
+HREF="#WORKGROUP"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -7628,7 +7713,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
strangely and may fail.</P
><P
>If <A
-HREF="r1.html#DOMAINLOGONS"
+HREF="#DOMAINLOGONS"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>domain logons = yes</B
@@ -7685,10 +7770,13 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>.
Experimentation is the best policy :-) </P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>none (i.e., all directories are OK
to descend)</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -7851,7 +7939,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
></A
> program for information on how to set up
and maintain this file), or set the <A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITY"
+HREF="#SECURITY"
>security = [server|domain|ads]</A
> parameter which
causes <B
@@ -7932,9 +8020,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
to standard output. This listing will then be used in response
to the level 1 and 2 EnumPorts() RPC.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no enumports command</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -7951,7 +8042,7 @@ NAME="EXEC"
><DD
><P
>This is a synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#PREEXEC"
+HREF="#PREEXEC"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8028,7 +8119,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
the file.</P
><P
>It is generally much better to use the real <A
-HREF="r1.html#OPLOCKS"
+HREF="#OPLOCKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8100,9 +8191,12 @@ NAME="FORCECREATEMODE"
><DD
><P
>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit
- permissions that will <I
+ permissions that will <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>always</I
+></SPAN
> be set on a
file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto
the mode bits of a file that is being created or having its
@@ -8117,7 +8211,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
parameter is applied.</P
><P
>See also the parameter <A
-HREF="r1.html#CREATEMASK"
+HREF="#CREATEMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8128,7 +8222,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> for details on masking mode bits on files.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#INHERITPERMISSIONS"
+HREF="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8160,9 +8254,12 @@ NAME="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"
><DD
><P
>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit
- permissions that will <I
+ permissions that will <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>always</I
+></SPAN
> be set on a directory
created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the
mode bits of a directory that is being created. The default for this
@@ -8177,7 +8274,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
applied.</P
><P
>See also the parameter <A
-HREF="r1.html#DIRECTORYMASK"
+HREF="#DIRECTORYMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8188,7 +8285,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
on created directories.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#INHERITPERMISSIONS"
+HREF="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8232,9 +8329,12 @@ NAME="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"
allows a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a
directory without restrictions.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Note</I
+></SPAN
> that users who can access the
Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction,
so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems.
@@ -8242,7 +8342,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
it set as 0000.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"
+HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8250,7 +8350,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITYMASK"
+HREF="#SECURITYMASK"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8259,7 +8359,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>,
<A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCESECURITYMODE"
+HREF="#FORCESECURITYMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8311,7 +8411,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
other users will retain their ordinary primary group.</P
><P
>If the <A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCEUSER"
+HREF="#FORCEUSER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8334,7 +8434,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCEUSER"
+HREF="#FORCEUSER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8344,9 +8444,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no forced group</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -8376,9 +8479,12 @@ NAME="FORCESECURITYMODE"
and allows a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file,
with no restrictions.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Note</I
+></SPAN
> that users who can access
the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction,
so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems.
@@ -8386,7 +8492,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
this set to 0000.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"
+HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8395,7 +8501,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>,
<A
-HREF="r1.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"
+HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8404,7 +8510,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITYMASK"
+HREF="#SECURITYMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8447,7 +8553,7 @@ NAME="FORCEUSER"
as the primary group of the connecting user (this was a bug).</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCEGROUP"
+HREF="#FORCEGROUP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8457,9 +8563,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
></P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no forced user</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -8520,7 +8629,7 @@ NAME="GETWDCACHE"
caching algorithm will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd()
calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially
when the <A
-HREF="r1.html#WIDELINKS"
+HREF="#WIDELINKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8546,7 +8655,7 @@ NAME="GROUP"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCEGROUP"
+HREF="#FORCEGROUP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8565,7 +8674,7 @@ NAME="GUESTACCOUNT"
><P
>This is a username which will be used for access
to services which are specified as <A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTOK"
+HREF="#GUESTOK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8598,10 +8707,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
many parts of the system require this value to be
constant for correct operation.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>specified at compile time, usually
"nobody"</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -8622,7 +8734,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
> for
a service, then no password is required to connect to the service.
Privileges will be those of the <A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTACCOUNT"
+HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8632,7 +8744,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>.</P
><P
>See the section below on <A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITY"
+HREF="#SECURITY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8660,7 +8772,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
> for
a service, then only guest connections to the service are permitted.
This parameter will have no effect if <A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTOK"
+HREF="#GUESTOK"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8670,7 +8782,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> is not set for the service.</P
><P
>See the section below on <A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITY"
+HREF="#SECURITY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8727,7 +8839,7 @@ NAME="HIDEFILES"
as they are scanned.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#HIDEDOTFILES"
+HREF="#HIDEDOTFILES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8736,7 +8848,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#VETOFILES"
+HREF="#VETOFILES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8744,7 +8856,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
> and <A
-HREF="r1.html#CASESENSITIVE"
+HREF="#CASESENSITIVE"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8753,9 +8865,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no file are hidden</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -8845,7 +8960,7 @@ NAME="HOMEDIRMAP"
><DD
><P
>If<A
-HREF="r1.html#NISHOMEDIR"
+HREF="#NISHOMEDIR"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8884,14 +8999,17 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
that copes with different map formats and also Amd (another
automounter) maps.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>NOTE :</I
+></SPAN
>A working NIS client is required on
the system for this option to work.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#NISHOMEDIR"
+HREF="#NISHOMEDIR"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8900,7 +9018,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>
</A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#DOMAINLOGONS"
+HREF="#DOMAINLOGONS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -8912,7 +9030,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->homedir map = &#60;empty string&#62;</B
+>homedir map = &lt;empty string&gt;</B
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -8939,7 +9057,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
to browse Dfs trees hosted on the server.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#MSDFSROOT"
+HREF="#MSDFSROOT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9027,7 +9145,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><P
>Note that the localhost address 127.0.0.1 will always
be allowed access unless specifically denied by a <A
-HREF="r1.html#HOSTSDENY"
+HREF="#HOSTSDENY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9038,9 +9156,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>You can also specify hosts by network/netmask pairs and
by netgroup names if your system supports netgroups. The
- <I
+ <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>EXCEPT</I
+></SPAN
> keyword can also be used to limit a
wildcard list. The following examples may provide some help:</P
><P
@@ -9091,10 +9212,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> for a way of testing your host access to see if it does
what you expect.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>none (i.e., all hosts permitted access)
</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -9116,9 +9240,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>hosts allow</I
></TT
>
- - hosts listed here are <I
+ - hosts listed here are <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>NOT</I
+></SPAN
> permitted access to
services unless the specific services have their own lists to override
this one. Where the lists conflict, the <TT
@@ -9129,10 +9256,13 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>
list takes precedence.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>none (i.e., no hosts specifically excluded)
</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -9154,7 +9284,7 @@ NAME="HOSTSEQUIV"
</P
><P
>This is not be confused with <A
-HREF="r1.html#HOSTSALLOW"
+HREF="#HOSTSALLOW"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9170,9 +9300,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> may be useful for NT clients which will
not supply passwords to Samba.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>NOTE :</I
+></SPAN
> The use of <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9189,15 +9322,21 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
> option be only used if you really
know what you are doing, or perhaps on a home network where you trust
- your spouse and kids. And only if you <I
+ your spouse and kids. And only if you <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>really</I
+></SPAN
> trust
them :-).</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no host equivalences</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -9235,9 +9374,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>.
</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no file included</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -9277,7 +9419,7 @@ NAME="INHERITPERMISSIONS"
><P
>The permissions on new files and directories
are normally governed by <A
-HREF="r1.html#CREATEMASK"
+HREF="#CREATEMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9285,7 +9427,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#DIRECTORYMASK"
+HREF="#DIRECTORYMASK"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9293,7 +9435,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCECREATEMODE"
+HREF="#FORCECREATEMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9302,7 +9444,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>
</A
> and <A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"
+HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9319,7 +9461,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>New files inherit their read/write bits from the parent
directory. Their execute bits continue to be determined by
<A
-HREF="r1.html#MAPARCHIVE"
+HREF="#MAPARCHIVE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9328,7 +9470,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>
</A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#MAPHIDDEN"
+HREF="#MAPHIDDEN"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9337,7 +9479,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>
</A
> and <A
-HREF="r1.html#MAPSYSTEM"
+HREF="#MAPSYSTEM"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9347,9 +9489,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
</A
> as usual.</P
><P
->Note that the setuid bit is <I
+>Note that the setuid bit is <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>never</I
+></SPAN
> set via
inheritance (the code explicitly prohibits this).</P
><P
@@ -9358,7 +9503,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
share to be used flexibly by each user.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#CREATEMASK"
+HREF="#CREATEMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9367,7 +9512,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#DIRECTORYMASK"
+HREF="#DIRECTORYMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9375,7 +9520,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCECREATEMODE"
+HREF="#FORCECREATEMODE"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9383,7 +9528,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
> and <A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"
+HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9459,7 +9604,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
The netmasks of the latter two interfaces would be set to 255.255.255.0.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#BINDINTERFACESONLY"
+HREF="#BINDINTERFACESONLY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9469,10 +9614,13 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>all active interfaces except 127.0.0.1
that are broadcast capable</I
+></SPAN
></P
></DD
><DT
@@ -9483,9 +9631,12 @@ NAME="INVALIDUSERS"
><DD
><P
>This is a list of users that should not be allowed
- to login to this service. This is really a <I
+ to login to this service. This is really a <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>paranoid</I
+></SPAN
>
check to absolutely ensure an improper setting does not breach
your security.</P
@@ -9502,7 +9653,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
so the value <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
->+&#38;group</I
+>+&amp;group</I
></TT
> means check the
UNIX group database, followed by the NIS netgroup database, and
@@ -9524,7 +9675,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
This is useful in the [homes] section.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#VALIDUSERS"
+HREF="#VALIDUSERS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9534,9 +9685,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no invalid users</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -9565,7 +9719,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>Keepalives should, in general, not be needed if the socket
being used has the SO_KEEPALIVE attribute set on it (see <A
-HREF="r1.html#SOCKETOPTIONS"
+HREF="#SOCKETOPTIONS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9593,7 +9747,7 @@ NAME="KERNELOPLOCKS"
><DD
><P
>For UNIXes that support kernel based <A
-HREF="r1.html#OPLOCKS"
+HREF="#OPLOCKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9620,9 +9774,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>
</A
> has oplocked. This allows complete data consistency between
- SMB/CIFS, NFS and local file access (and is a <I
+ SMB/CIFS, NFS and local file access (and is a <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>very</I
+></SPAN
>
cool feature :-).</P
><P
@@ -9634,7 +9791,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
You should never need to touch this parameter.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#OPLOCKS"
+HREF="#OPLOCKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9643,7 +9800,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>
</A
> and <A
-HREF="r1.html#LEVEL2OPLOCKS"
+HREF="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9741,9 +9898,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
page for more information on how to accmplish this.
</P
><P
->Default : <I
+>Default : <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>none</I
+></SPAN
></P
></DD
><DT
@@ -9767,7 +9927,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
><P
>Default : <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->ldap filter = (&#38;(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaAccount))</B
+>ldap filter = (&amp;(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaAccount))</B
></P
></DD
><DT
@@ -9779,9 +9939,12 @@ NAME="LDAPSSL"
><P
>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should
use SSL when connecting to the ldap server
- This is <I
+ This is <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>NOT</I
+></SPAN
> related to
Samba's previous SSL support which was enabled by specifying the
<B
@@ -9852,9 +10015,12 @@ NAME="LDAPSUFFIX"
>ldap suffix (G)</DT
><DD
><P
->Default : <I
+>Default : <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>none</I
+></SPAN
></P
></DD
><DT
@@ -9867,9 +10033,12 @@ NAME="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"
>It specifies where users are added to the tree.
</P
><P
->Default : <I
+>Default : <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>none</I
+></SPAN
></P
></DD
><DT
@@ -9883,9 +10052,12 @@ NAME="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"
added to the ldap tree.
</P
><P
->Default : <I
+>Default : <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>none</I
+></SPAN
></P
></DD
><DT
@@ -9977,7 +10149,7 @@ NAME="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"
>For more discussions on level2 oplocks see the CIFS spec.</P
><P
>Currently, if <A
-HREF="r1.html#KERNELOPLOCKS"
+HREF="#KERNELOPLOCKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -9991,7 +10163,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
>yes</TT
>).
Note also, the <A
-HREF="r1.html#OPLOCKS"
+HREF="#OPLOCKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10006,7 +10178,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
this parameter to have any effect.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#OPLOCKS"
+HREF="#OPLOCKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10015,7 +10187,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>
</A
> and <A
-HREF="r1.html#OPLOCKS"
+HREF="#OPLOCKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10090,7 +10262,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#LMINTERVAL"
+HREF="#LMINTERVAL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10119,7 +10291,7 @@ NAME="LMINTERVAL"
><P
>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce
broadcasts needed by OS/2 clients (see the <A
-HREF="r1.html#LMANNOUNCE"
+HREF="#LMANNOUNCE"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10138,7 +10310,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
parameter.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#LMANNOUNCE"
+HREF="#LMANNOUNCE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10168,7 +10340,7 @@ NAME="LOADPRINTERS"
>A boolean variable that controls whether all
printers in the printcap will be loaded for browsing by default.
See the <A
-HREF="r1.html#AEN79"
+HREF="#AEN79"
>printers</A
> section for
more details.</P
@@ -10208,16 +10380,22 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
CLASS="CONSTANT"
>yes</TT
> doesn't
- mean that Samba will <I
+ mean that Samba will <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>become</I
+></SPAN
> the local master
browser on a subnet, just that <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
-> will <I
+> will <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
> participate</I
+></SPAN
> in elections for local master browser.</P
><P
>Setting this value to <TT
@@ -10227,9 +10405,12 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
>
- <I
+ <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>never</I
+></SPAN
> to become a local master browser.</P
><P
>Default: <B
@@ -10245,7 +10426,7 @@ NAME="LOCKDIR"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#LOCKDIRECTORY"
+HREF="#LOCKDIRECTORY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10264,7 +10445,7 @@ NAME="LOCKDIRECTORY"
>This option specifies the directory where lock
files will be placed. The lock files are used to implement the
<A
-HREF="r1.html#MAXCONNECTIONS"
+HREF="#MAXCONNECTIONS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10318,7 +10499,7 @@ NAME="LOCKSPINTIME"
>The time in microseconds that smbd should
pause before attempting to gain a failed lock. See
<A
-HREF="r1.html#LOCKSPINCOUNT"
+HREF="#LOCKSPINCOUNT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10359,13 +10540,19 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>, real locking will be performed
by the server.</P
><P
->This option <I
+>This option <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>may</I
+></SPAN
> be useful for read-only
- filesystems which <I
+ filesystems which <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>may</I
+></SPAN
> not need locking (such as
CDROM drives), although setting this parameter of <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
@@ -10436,7 +10623,7 @@ NAME="LOGONDRIVE"
><P
>This parameter specifies the local path to
which the home directory will be connected (see <A
-HREF="r1.html#LOGONHOME"
+HREF="#LOGONHOME"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10505,7 +10692,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
but use the whole string when dealing with profiles.</P
><P
>Note that in prior versions of Samba, the <A
-HREF="r1.html#LOGONPATH"
+HREF="#LOGONPATH"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10552,7 +10739,7 @@ NAME="LOGONPATH"
stored. Contrary to previous versions of these manual pages, it has
nothing to do with Win 9X roaming profiles. To find out how to
handle roaming profiles for Win 9X system, see the <A
-HREF="r1.html#LOGONHOME"
+HREF="#LOGONHOME"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10590,9 +10777,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>Thereafter, the directories and any of the contents can,
if required, be made read-only. It is not advisable that the
NTuser.dat file be made read-only - rename it to NTuser.man to
- achieve the desired effect (a <I
+ achieve the desired effect (a <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>MAN</I
+></SPAN
>datory
profile). </P
><P
@@ -10633,7 +10823,7 @@ NAME="LOGONSCRIPT"
><P
>The script must be a relative path to the [netlogon]
service. If the [netlogon] service specifies a <A
-HREF="r1.html#PATH"
+HREF="#PATH"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10682,9 +10872,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>This option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon
server.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no logon script defined</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -10741,7 +10934,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
in the lppause command as the PATH may not be available to the server.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTING"
+HREF="#PRINTING"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10835,7 +11028,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>A value of 0 will disable caching completely.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTING"
+HREF="#PRINTING"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10919,7 +11112,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
print queue listing.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTING"
+HREF="#PRINTING"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10929,7 +11122,9 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
> parameter.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>depends on the setting of <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
@@ -10937,6 +11132,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> printing</I
></TT
></I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -10958,7 +11154,7 @@ NAME="LPRESUMECOMMAND"
>This command should be a program or script which takes
a printer name and job number to resume the print job. See
also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#LPPAUSECOMMAND"
+HREF="#LPPAUSECOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -10992,7 +11188,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
be available to the server.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTING"
+HREF="#PRINTING"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -11078,7 +11274,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
available to the server.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTING"
+HREF="#PRINTING"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -11088,7 +11284,9 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
> parameter.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>depends on the setting of <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
@@ -11097,6 +11295,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
</I
></TT
></I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example 1: <B
@@ -11120,7 +11319,7 @@ NAME="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"
><P
>If a Samba server is a member of a Windows
NT Domain (see the <A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"
+HREF="#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"
>security = domain</A
>)
parameter) then periodically a running <A
@@ -11145,7 +11344,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
</B
></A
>, and the <A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"
+HREF="#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"
> security = domain</A
>) parameter.</P
><P
@@ -11164,7 +11363,7 @@ NAME="MAGICOUTPUT"
>This parameter specifies the name of a file
which will contain output created by a magic script (see the
<A
-HREF="r1.html#MAGICSCRIPT"
+HREF="#MAGICSCRIPT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -11185,7 +11384,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->magic output = &#60;magic script name&#62;.out
+>magic output = &lt;magic script name&gt;.out
</B
></P
><P
@@ -11212,7 +11411,7 @@ NAME="MAGICSCRIPT"
><P
>If the script generates output, output will be sent to
the file specified by the <A
-HREF="r1.html#MAGICOUTPUT"
+HREF="#MAGICOUTPUT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -11224,24 +11423,36 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>Note that some shells are unable to interpret scripts
containing CR/LF instead of CR as
the end-of-line marker. Magic scripts must be executable
- <I
+ <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>as is</I
+></SPAN
> on the host, which for some hosts and
some shells will require filtering at the DOS end.</P
><P
->Magic scripts are <I
+>Magic scripts are <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>EXPERIMENTAL</I
+></SPAN
> and
- should <I
+ should <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>NOT</I
+></SPAN
> be relied upon.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>None. Magic scripts disabled.</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -11257,7 +11468,7 @@ NAME="MANGLECASE"
><DD
><P
>See the section on <A
-HREF="r1.html#AEN203"
+HREF="#AEN203"
> NAME MANGLING</A
></P
><P
@@ -11308,9 +11519,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
> off the ends of filenames on some CDROMs (only visible
under some UNIXes). To do this use a map of (*;1 *;).</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no mangled map</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -11330,7 +11544,7 @@ NAME="MANGLEDNAMES"
or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.</P
><P
>See the section on <A
-HREF="r1.html#AEN203"
+HREF="#AEN203"
> NAME MANGLING</A
> for details on how to control the mangling process.</P
><P
@@ -11356,7 +11570,7 @@ HREF="r1.html#AEN203"
><P
>Note that the character to use may be specified using
the <A
-HREF="r1.html#MANGLINGCHAR"
+HREF="#MANGLINGCHAR"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -11475,11 +11689,14 @@ NAME="MANGLINGCHAR"
><DD
><P
>This controls what character is used as
- the <I
+ the <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>magic</I
+></SPAN
> character in <A
-HREF="r1.html#AEN203"
+HREF="#AEN203"
>name mangling</A
>. The default is a '~'
but this may interfere with some software. Use this option to set
@@ -11517,7 +11734,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>
parameter to be set such that owner execute bit is not masked out
(i.e. it must include 100). See the parameter <A
-HREF="r1.html#CREATEMASK"
+HREF="#CREATEMASK"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -11549,7 +11766,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>
to be set such that the world execute bit is not masked out (i.e.
it must include 001). See the parameter <A
-HREF="r1.html#CREATEMASK"
+HREF="#CREATEMASK"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -11581,7 +11798,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>
to be set such that the group execute bit is not masked out (i.e.
it must include 010). See the parameter <A
-HREF="r1.html#CREATEMASK"
+HREF="#CREATEMASK"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -11603,7 +11820,7 @@ NAME="MAPTOGUEST"
><DD
><P
>This parameter is only useful in <A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITY"
+HREF="#SECURITY"
> security</A
> modes other than <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
@@ -11653,7 +11870,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
logins with an invalid password are rejected, unless the username
does not exist, in which case it is treated as a guest login and
mapped into the <A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTACCOUNT"
+HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -11670,7 +11887,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
> - Means user logins
with an invalid password are treated as a guest login and mapped
into the <A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTACCOUNT"
+HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT"
>guest account</A
>. Note that
this can cause problems as it means that any user incorrectly typing
@@ -11678,9 +11895,12 @@ HREF="r1.html#GUESTACCOUNT"
will not know the reason they cannot access files they think
they should - there will have been no message given to them
that they got their password wrong. Helpdesk services will
- <I
+ <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>hate</I
+></SPAN
> you if you set the <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -11699,9 +11919,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
> modes other than
share. This is because in these modes the name of the resource being
- requested is <I
+ requested is <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>not</I
+></SPAN
> sent to the server until after
the server has successfully authenticated the client so the server
cannot make authentication decisions at the correct time (connection
@@ -11743,7 +11966,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>Record lock files are used to implement this feature. The
lock files will be stored in the directory specified by the <A
-HREF="r1.html#LOCKDIRECTORY"
+HREF="#LOCKDIRECTORY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -11895,7 +12118,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
></A
> will remote "Out of Space" to the client.
See all <A
-HREF="r1.html#TOTALPRINTJOBS"
+HREF="#TOTALPRINTJOBS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -11951,9 +12174,12 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
><TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
>LANMAN1</TT
->: First <I
+>: First <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
> modern</I
+></SPAN
> version of the protocol. Long filename
support.</P
></LI
@@ -11980,7 +12206,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
the appropriate protocol.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#MINPROTOCOL"
+HREF="#MINPROTOCOL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12076,7 +12302,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
>nmbd(8)
</A
> when acting as a WINS server (<A
-HREF="r1.html#WINSSUPPORT"
+HREF="#WINSSUPPORT"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12092,7 +12318,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
parameter. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds).</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#MINWINSTTL"
+HREF="#MINWINSTTL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12156,10 +12382,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>xedit</B
>, then
- removes it afterwards. <I
+ removes it afterwards. <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>NOTE THAT IT IS VERY IMPORTANT
THAT THIS COMMAND RETURN IMMEDIATELY</I
+></SPAN
>. That's why I
have the '&#38;' on the end. If it doesn't return immediately then
your PCs may freeze when sending messages (they should recover
@@ -12225,7 +12454,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>message command = /bin/mail -s 'message from %f on
- %m' root &#60; %s; rm %s</B
+ %m' root &lt; %s; rm %s</B
></P
><P
>If you don't have a message command then the message
@@ -12241,9 +12470,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>message command = rm %s</B
></P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no message command</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -12260,7 +12492,7 @@ NAME="MINPASSWDLENGTH"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#MINPASSWORDLENGTH"
+HREF="#MINPASSWORDLENGTH"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12284,7 +12516,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
UNIX password changing.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"
+HREF="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12293,7 +12525,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWDPROGRAM"
+HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12301,7 +12533,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
> and <A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWDCHATDEBUG"
+HREF="#PASSWDCHATDEBUG"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12329,7 +12561,7 @@ NAME="MINPRINTSPACE"
means a user can always spool a print job.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTING"
+HREF="#PRINTING"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12359,7 +12591,7 @@ NAME="MINPROTOCOL"
>The value of the parameter (a string) is the
lowest SMB protocol dialect than Samba will support. Please refer
to the <A
-HREF="r1.html#MAXPROTOCOL"
+HREF="#MAXPROTOCOL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12377,7 +12609,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><P
>If you are viewing this parameter as a security measure, you should
also refer to the <A
-HREF="r1.html#LANMANAUTH"
+HREF="#LANMANAUTH"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12412,7 +12644,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
>nmbd(8)</A
>
when acting as a WINS server (<A
-HREF="r1.html#WINSSUPPORT"
+HREF="#WINSSUPPORT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12463,7 +12695,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
>.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#HOSTMSDFS"
+HREF="#HOSTMSDFS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12558,7 +12790,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
>wins</TT
> : Query a name with
the IP address listed in the <A
-HREF="r1.html#WINSSERVER"
+HREF="#WINSSERVER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12575,7 +12807,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
>bcast</TT
> : Do a broadcast on
each of the known local interfaces listed in the <A
-HREF="r1.html#INTERFACES"
+HREF="#INTERFACES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12625,7 +12857,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
with these capabilities.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#NETBIOSNAME"
+HREF="#NETBIOSNAME"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12635,9 +12867,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>empty string (no additional names)</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -12660,7 +12895,7 @@ NAME="NETBIOSNAME"
advertised under.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#NETBIOSALIASES"
+HREF="#NETBIOSALIASES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12670,9 +12905,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>machine DNS name</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -12716,7 +12954,7 @@ NAME="NISHOMEDIR"
it will be mounted on the Samba client directly from the directory
server. When Samba is returning the home share to the client, it
will consult the NIS map specified in <A
-HREF="r1.html#HOMEDIRMAP"
+HREF="#HOMEDIRMAP"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12757,7 +12995,7 @@ NAME="NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->non unix account range = &#60;empty string&#62;
+>non unix account range = &lt;empty string&gt;
</B
></P
><P
@@ -12875,7 +13113,7 @@ NAME="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"
default behavior is to use PAM for clear text authentication only
and to ignore any account or session management. Note that Samba
always ignores PAM for authentication in the case of <A
-HREF="r1.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"
+HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12916,7 +13154,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
> list and is only really
useful in <A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITYEQUALSSHARE"
+HREF="#SECURITYEQUALSSHARE"
>shave level</A
>
security.</P
@@ -12937,7 +13175,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
name of the user.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#USER"
+HREF="#USER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12960,7 +13198,7 @@ NAME="ONLYGUEST"
><DD
><P
>A synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTONLY"
+HREF="#GUESTONLY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -12984,10 +13222,13 @@ NAME="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"
is the amount of time Samba will wait before sending an oplock break
request to such (broken) clients.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ
AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE</I
+></SPAN
>.</P
><P
>Default: <B
@@ -13002,9 +13243,12 @@ NAME="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"
>oplock contention limit (S)</DT
><DD
><P
->This is a <I
+>This is a <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>very</I
+></SPAN
> advanced
<A
HREF="smbd.8.html"
@@ -13027,10 +13271,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> to behave in a similar
way to Windows NT.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ
AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE</I
+></SPAN
>.</P
><P
>Default: <B
@@ -13066,7 +13313,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><P
>Oplocks may be selectively turned off on certain files with a
share. See the <A
-HREF="r1.html#VETOOPLOCKFILES"
+HREF="#VETOOPLOCKFILES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13085,7 +13332,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> parameter for details.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#KERNELOPLOCKS"
+HREF="#KERNELOPLOCKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13094,7 +13341,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
> and <A
-HREF="r1.html#LEVEL2OPLOCKS"
+HREF="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13156,9 +13403,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
> in the local broadcast area.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Note :</I
+></SPAN
>By default, Samba will win
a local master browsing election over all Microsoft operating
systems except a Windows NT 4.0/2000 Domain Controller. This
@@ -13194,8 +13444,8 @@ NAME="OS2DRIVERMAP"
path to a file containing a mapping of Windows NT printer driver
names to OS/2 printer driver names. The format is:</P
><P
->&#60;nt driver name&#62; = &#60;os2 driver
- name&#62;.&#60;device name&#62;</P
+>&lt;nt driver name&gt; = &lt;os2 driver
+ name&gt;.&lt;device name&gt;</P
><P
>For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5
printer driver would appear as <B
@@ -13220,7 +13470,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->os2 driver map = &#60;empty string&#62;
+>os2 driver map = &lt;empty string&gt;
</B
></P
></DD
@@ -13236,7 +13486,7 @@ NAME="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"
flag for Samba. If enabled, then PAM will be used for password
changes when requested by an SMB client instead of the program listed in
<A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWDPROGRAM"
+HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13246,7 +13496,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>.
It should be possible to enable this without changing your
<A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWDCHAT"
+HREF="#PASSWDCHAT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13284,7 +13534,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->panic action = &#60;empty string&#62;</B
+>panic action = &lt;empty string&gt;</B
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -13350,7 +13600,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
Takes a path to the smbpasswd file as an optional argument.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE"
+HREF="#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13367,7 +13617,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> - The TDB based password storage
backend. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb
in the <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRIVATEDIR"
+HREF="#PRIVATEDIR"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13384,7 +13634,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> - The TDB based password storage
backend, with non unix account support. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb
in the <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRIVATEDIR"
+HREF="#PRIVATEDIR"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13394,7 +13644,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> directory.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE"
+HREF="#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13428,7 +13678,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>)</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE"
+HREF="#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13505,9 +13755,12 @@ NAME="PASSWDCHAT"
>passwd chat (G)</DT
><DD
><P
->This string controls the <I
+>This string controls the <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>"chat"</I
+></SPAN
>
conversation that takes places between <A
HREF="smbd.8.html"
@@ -13521,7 +13774,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
> smbd(8)</A
> uses to determine what to send to the
<A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWDPROGRAM"
+HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13537,7 +13790,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
etc).</P
><P
>Note that this parameter only is only used if the <A
-HREF="r1.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"
+HREF="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13549,15 +13802,18 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
CLASS="CONSTANT"
>yes</TT
>. This
- sequence is then called <I
+ sequence is then called <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>AS ROOT</I
+></SPAN
> when the SMB password
in the smbpasswd file is being changed, without access to the old
password cleartext. This means that root must be able to reset the user's password
without knowing the text of the previous password. In the presence of NIS/YP,
this means that the <A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWDPROGRAM"
+HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM"
>passwd program</A
> must be
executed on the NIS master.
@@ -13593,7 +13849,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
if the expect string is a full stop then no string is expected.</P
><P
>If the <A
-HREF="r1.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"
+HREF="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13610,7 +13866,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"
+HREF="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13619,7 +13875,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWDPROGRAM"
+HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13627,7 +13883,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
> ,<A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWDCHATDEBUG"
+HREF="#PASSWDCHATDEBUG"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13635,7 +13891,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
> and <A
-HREF="r1.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"
+HREF="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13665,9 +13921,12 @@ NAME="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"
><DD
><P
>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script
- parameter is run in <I
+ parameter is run in <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>debug</I
+></SPAN
> mode. In this mode the
strings passed to and received from the passwd chat are printed
in the <A
@@ -13676,7 +13935,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
>smbd(8)</A
> log with a
<A
-HREF="r1.html#DEBUGLEVEL"
+HREF="#DEBUGLEVEL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13703,7 +13962,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> and should
be turned off after this has been done. This option has no effect if the
<A
-HREF="r1.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"
+HREF="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13714,7 +13973,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
paramter is set. This parameter is off by default.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWDCHAT"
+HREF="#PASSWDCHAT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13723,7 +13982,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>
</A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"
+HREF="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13732,7 +13991,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>
</A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWDPROGRAM"
+HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13764,18 +14023,24 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
will be replaced with the user name. The user name is checked for
existence before calling the password changing program.</P
><P
->Also note that many passwd programs insist in <I
+>Also note that many passwd programs insist in <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>reasonable
</I
+></SPAN
> passwords, such as a minimum length, or the inclusion
of mixed case chars and digits. This can pose a problem as some clients
(such as Windows for Workgroups) uppercase the password before sending
it.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Note</I
+></SPAN
> that if the <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13786,9 +14051,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
CLASS="CONSTANT"
>yes
</TT
-> then this program is called <I
+> then this program is called <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>AS ROOT</I
+></SPAN
>
before the SMB password in the <A
HREF="smbpasswd.5.html"
@@ -13808,13 +14076,19 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>unix password sync</I
></TT
> parameter
- is set this parameter <I
+ is set this parameter <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>MUST USE ABSOLUTE PATHS</I
+></SPAN
>
- for <I
+ for <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>ALL</I
+></SPAN
> programs called, and must be examined
for security implications. Note that by default <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
@@ -13828,7 +14102,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
>.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"
+HREF="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13938,7 +14212,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><P
>The name of the password server is looked up using the
parameter <A
-HREF="r1.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER"
+HREF="#NAMERESOLVEORDER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -13953,15 +14227,21 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
the "LM1.2X002" or the "NT LM 0.12" protocol, and it must be in
user level security mode.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>NOTE:</I
+></SPAN
> Using a password server
means your UNIX box (running Samba) is only as secure as your
- password server. <I
+ password server. <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>DO NOT CHOOSE A PASSWORD SERVER THAT
YOU DON'T COMPLETELY TRUST</I
+></SPAN
>.</P
><P
>Never point a Samba server at itself for password
@@ -14018,7 +14298,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
Primary or Backup Domain controllers to authenticate against by
doing a query for the name <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
->WORKGROUP&#60;1C&#62;</TT
+>WORKGROUP&lt;1C&gt;</TT
>
and then contacting each server returned in the list of IP
addresses from the name resolution source. </P
@@ -14078,7 +14358,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
></UL
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITY"
+HREF="#SECURITY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14090,7 +14370,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->password server = &#60;empty string&#62;</B
+>password server = &lt;empty string&gt;</B
>
</P
><P
@@ -14141,7 +14421,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
up pseudo home directories for users.</P
><P
>Note that this path will be based on <A
-HREF="r1.html#ROOTDIR"
+HREF="#ROOTDIR"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14150,9 +14430,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
> if one was specified.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>none</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -14229,7 +14512,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
></P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#PREEXEC"
+HREF="#PREEXEC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14239,16 +14522,19 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
</A
>.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>none (no command executed)</I
+></SPAN
>
</P
><P
>Example: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>postexec = echo \"%u disconnected from %S
- from %m (%I)\" &#62;&#62; /tmp/log</B
+ from %m (%I)\" &gt;&gt; /tmp/log</B
></P
></DD
><DT
@@ -14297,7 +14583,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>Of course, this could get annoying after a while :-)</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#PREEXECCLOSE"
+HREF="#PREEXECCLOSE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14306,7 +14592,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
> and <A
-HREF="r1.html#POSTEXEC"
+HREF="#POSTEXEC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14316,15 +14602,18 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>none (no command executed)</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>preexec = echo \"%u connected to %S from %m
- (%I)\" &#62;&#62; /tmp/log</B
+ (%I)\" &gt;&gt; /tmp/log</B
></P
></DD
><DT
@@ -14336,7 +14625,7 @@ NAME="PREEXECCLOSE"
><P
>This boolean option controls whether a non-zero
return code from <A
-HREF="r1.html#PREEXEC"
+HREF="#PREEXEC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14377,7 +14666,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
used in conjunction with <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
><A
-HREF="r1.html#DOMAINMASTER"
+HREF="#DOMAINMASTER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14398,7 +14687,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
capabilities.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#OSLEVEL"
+HREF="#OSLEVEL"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14421,7 +14710,7 @@ NAME="PREFEREDMASTER"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#PREFERREDMASTER"
+HREF="#PREFERREDMASTER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14444,7 +14733,7 @@ NAME="PRELOAD"
><P
>Note that if you just want all printers in your
printcap file loaded then the <A
-HREF="r1.html#LOADPRINTERS"
+HREF="#LOADPRINTERS"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14453,9 +14742,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
> option is easier.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no preloaded services</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -14473,7 +14765,7 @@ NAME="PRESERVECASE"
> This controls if new filenames are created
with the case that the client passes, or if they are forced to
be the <A
-HREF="r1.html#DEFAULTCASE"
+HREF="#DEFAULTCASE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14489,7 +14781,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
></P
><P
>See the section on <A
-HREF="r1.html#AEN203"
+HREF="#AEN203"
>NAME
MANGLING</A
> for a fuller discussion.</P
@@ -14531,9 +14823,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>%z - the size of the spooled
print job (in bytes)</P
><P
->The print command <I
+>The print command <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>MUST</I
+></SPAN
> contain at least
one occurrence of <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
@@ -14574,7 +14869,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
>nobody</TT
> account. If this happens then create
an alternative guest account that can print and set the <A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTACCOUNT"
+HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14591,14 +14886,14 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->print command = echo Printing %s &#62;&#62;
+>print command = echo Printing %s &gt;&gt;
/tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s</B
></P
><P
>You may have to vary this command considerably depending
on how you normally print files on your system. The default for
the parameter varies depending on the setting of the <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTING"
+HREF="#PRINTING"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14640,7 +14935,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
>For printing = CUPS : If SAMBA is compiled against
libcups, then <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTING"
+HREF="#PRINTING"
>printcap = cups</A
>
uses the CUPS API to
@@ -14671,7 +14966,7 @@ NAME="PRINTOK"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTABLE"
+HREF="#PRINTABLE"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14697,7 +14992,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
>Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing
to the service path (user privileges permitting) via the spooling
of print data. The <A
-HREF="r1.html#READONLY"
+HREF="#READONLY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14721,7 +15016,7 @@ NAME="PRINTCAP"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTCAPNAME"
+HREF="#PRINTCAPNAME"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14742,7 +15037,7 @@ NAME="PRINTCAPNAME"
CLASS="FILENAME"
> /etc/printcap</TT
>). See the discussion of the <A
-HREF="r1.html#AEN79"
+HREF="#AEN79"
>[printers]</A
> section above for reasons
why you might want to do this.</P
@@ -14753,7 +15048,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
</B
>. This should be supplemented by an addtional setting
<A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTING"
+HREF="#PRINTING"
>printing = cups</A
> in the [global]
section. <B
@@ -14791,12 +15086,6 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
>A minimal printcap file would look something like this:</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
> print1|My Printer 1
@@ -14805,18 +15094,18 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
print4|My Printer 4
print5|My Printer 5
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
>where the '|' separates aliases of a printer. The fact
that the second alias has a space in it gives a hint to Samba
that it's a comment.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>NOTE</I
+></SPAN
>: Under AIX the default printcap
name is <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
@@ -14855,7 +15144,7 @@ NAME="PRINTERADMIN"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->printer admin = &#60;empty string&#62;</B
+>printer admin = &lt;empty string&gt;</B
>
</P
><P
@@ -14871,9 +15160,12 @@ NAME="PRINTERDRIVER"
>printer driver (S)</DT
><DD
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Note :</I
+></SPAN
>This is a deprecated
parameter and will be removed in the next major release
following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in
@@ -14896,7 +15188,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
sensitive) that describes the appropriate printer driver for your
system. If you don't know the exact string to use then you should
first try with no <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTERDRIVER"
+HREF="#PRINTERDRIVER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14908,7 +15200,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
shown in a scroll box after you have chosen the printer manufacturer.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTERDRIVERFILE"
+HREF="#PRINTERDRIVERFILE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14930,9 +15222,12 @@ NAME="PRINTERDRIVERFILE"
>printer driver file (G)</DT
><DD
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Note :</I
+></SPAN
>This is a deprecated
parameter and will be removed in the next major release
following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in
@@ -14976,7 +15271,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTERDRIVERLOCATION"
+HREF="#PRINTERDRIVERLOCATION"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -14985,9 +15280,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>None (set in compile).</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -15003,9 +15301,12 @@ NAME="PRINTERDRIVERLOCATION"
>printer driver location (S)</DT
><DD
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Note :</I
+></SPAN
>This is a deprecated
parameter and will be removed in the next major release
following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in
@@ -15040,7 +15341,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTERDRIVERFILE"
+HREF="#PRINTERDRIVERFILE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15074,13 +15375,16 @@ NAME="PRINTERNAME"
name given will be used for any printable service that does
not have its own printer name specified.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>none (but may be <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
>lp</TT
>
on many systems)</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -15096,7 +15400,7 @@ NAME="PRINTER"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTERNAME"
+HREF="#PRINTERNAME"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15189,7 +15493,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
>This option can be set on a per printer basis</P
><P
>See also the discussion in the <A
-HREF="r1.html#AEN79"
+HREF="#AEN79"
> [printers]</A
> section.</P
></DD
@@ -15224,7 +15528,7 @@ NAME="PROTOCOL"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#MAXPROTOCOL"
+HREF="#MAXPROTOCOL"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15241,7 +15545,7 @@ NAME="PUBLIC"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTOK"
+HREF="#GUESTOK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15282,7 +15586,9 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
path in the command as the PATH may not be available to the
server.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>depends on the setting of <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
@@ -15291,6 +15597,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
</I
></TT
></I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -15309,7 +15616,7 @@ NAME="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"
executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It
is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the
previous parameter (<A
-HREF="r1.html#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"
+HREF="#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15339,10 +15646,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
path in the command as the PATH may not be available to the
server.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>depends on the setting of <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTING"
+HREF="#PRINTING"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15350,6 +15659,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
></I
+></SPAN
>
</P
><P
@@ -15393,7 +15703,7 @@ NAME="READLIST"
>This is a list of users that are given read-only
access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list then
they will not be given write access, no matter what the <A
-HREF="r1.html#READONLY"
+HREF="#READONLY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15403,7 +15713,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>
option is set to. The list can include group names using the
syntax described in the <A
-HREF="r1.html#INVALIDUSERS"
+HREF="#INVALIDUSERS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15413,7 +15723,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> parameter.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#WRITELIST"
+HREF="#WRITELIST"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15421,7 +15731,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
> parameter and the <A
-HREF="r1.html#INVALIDUSERS"
+HREF="#INVALIDUSERS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15433,7 +15743,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->read list = &#60;empty string&#62;</B
+>read list = &lt;empty string&gt;</B
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -15449,7 +15759,7 @@ NAME="READONLY"
><DD
><P
>An inverted synonym is <A
-HREF="r1.html#WRITEABLE"
+HREF="#WRITEABLE"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15469,9 +15779,12 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>printable = yes</B
>)
- will <I
+ will <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>ALWAYS</I
+></SPAN
> allow writing to the directory
(user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.</P
><P
@@ -15501,7 +15814,7 @@ NAME="READRAW"
><P
>In general this parameter should be viewed as a system tuning
tool and left severely alone. See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#WRITERAW"
+HREF="#WRITERAW"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15615,7 +15928,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
to the two given IP addresses using the given workgroup names.
If you leave out the workgroup name then the one given in
the <A
-HREF="r1.html#WORKGROUP"
+HREF="#WORKGROUP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15640,7 +15953,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->remote announce = &#60;empty string&#62;
+>remote announce = &lt;empty string&gt;
</B
></P
></DD
@@ -15690,7 +16003,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->remote browse sync = &#60;empty string&#62;
+>remote browse sync = &lt;empty string&gt;
</B
></P
></DD
@@ -15746,7 +16059,7 @@ NAME="ROOT"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#ROOTDIRECTORY"
+HREF="#ROOTDIRECTORY"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15763,7 +16076,7 @@ NAME="ROOTDIR"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#ROOTDIRECTORY"
+HREF="#ROOTDIRECTORY"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15789,7 +16102,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
It may also check for, and deny access to, soft links to other
parts of the filesystem, or attempts to use ".." in file names
to access other directories (depending on the setting of the <A
-HREF="r1.html#WIDELINKS"
+HREF="#WIDELINKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15813,9 +16126,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>root directory</I
></TT
>
- option, <I
+ option, <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>including</I
+></SPAN
> some files needed for
complete operation of the server. To maintain full operability
of the server you will need to mirror some system files
@@ -15861,7 +16177,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
(such as CDROMs) after a connection is closed.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#POSTEXEC"
+HREF="#POSTEXEC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15872,7 +16188,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->root postexec = &#60;empty string&#62;
+>root postexec = &lt;empty string&gt;
</B
></P
></DD
@@ -15894,7 +16210,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
connection is opened.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#PREEXEC"
+HREF="#PREEXEC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15902,7 +16218,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
> and <A
-HREF="r1.html#PREEXECCLOSE"
+HREF="#PREEXECCLOSE"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15913,7 +16229,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->root preexec = &#60;empty string&#62;
+>root preexec = &lt;empty string&gt;
</B
></P
></DD
@@ -15933,7 +16249,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> parameter except that the command is run as root.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#PREEXEC"
+HREF="#PREEXEC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -15941,7 +16257,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
> and <A
-HREF="r1.html#PREEXECCLOSE"
+HREF="#PREEXECCLOSE"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16035,7 +16351,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>security = user</B
>, see
the <A
-HREF="r1.html#MAPTOGUEST"
+HREF="#MAPTOGUEST"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16048,12 +16364,15 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>It is possible to use <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbd</B
-> in a <I
+> in a <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
> hybrid mode</I
+></SPAN
> where it is offers both user and share
level security under different <A
-HREF="r1.html#NETBIOSALIASES"
+HREF="#NETBIOSALIASES"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16067,10 +16386,13 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><A
NAME="SECURITYEQUALSSHARE"
></A
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>SECURITY = SHARE
</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>When clients connect to a share level security server they
@@ -16088,9 +16410,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>Note that <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbd</B
-> <I
+> <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>ALWAYS</I
+></SPAN
>
uses a valid UNIX user to act on behalf of the client, even in
<B
@@ -16114,7 +16439,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><LI
><P
>If the <A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTONLY"
+HREF="#GUESTONLY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16124,7 +16449,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
> parameter is set, then all the other
stages are missed and only the <A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTACCOUNT"
+HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16138,7 +16463,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>Is a username is sent with the share connection
request, then this username (after mapping - see <A
-HREF="r1.html#USERNAMEMAP"
+HREF="#USERNAMEMAP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16150,10 +16475,13 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></LI
><LI
><P
->If the client did a previous <I
+>If the client did a previous <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>logon
</I
+></SPAN
> request (the SessionSetup SMB call) then the
username sent in this SMB will be added as a potential username.
</P
@@ -16171,7 +16499,7 @@ CLASS="EMPHASIS"
><LI
><P
>Any users on the <A
-HREF="r1.html#USER"
+HREF="#USER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16208,31 +16536,37 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>, then this
guest user will be used, otherwise access is denied.</P
><P
->Note that it can be <I
+>Note that it can be <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>very</I
+></SPAN
> confusing
in share-level security as to which UNIX username will eventually
be used in granting access.</P
><P
>See also the section <A
-HREF="r1.html#AEN236"
+HREF="#AEN236"
> NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</A
>.</P
><P
><A
NAME="SECURITYEQUALSUSER"
></A
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>SECURITY = USER
</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>This is the default security setting in Samba 2.2.
With user-level security a client must first "log-on" with a
valid username and password (which can be mapped using the <A
-HREF="r1.html#USERNAMEMAP"
+HREF="#USERNAMEMAP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16241,7 +16575,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>
parameter). Encrypted passwords (see the <A
-HREF="r1.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"
+HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16250,7 +16584,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
> parameter) can also
be used in this security mode. Parameters such as <A
-HREF="r1.html#USER"
+HREF="#USER"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16258,7 +16592,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
> and <A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTONLY"
+HREF="#GUESTONLY"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16269,18 +16603,24 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
may change the UNIX user to use on this connection, but only after
the user has been successfully authenticated.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Note</I
+></SPAN
> that the name of the resource being
- requested is <I
+ requested is <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>not</I
+></SPAN
> sent to the server until after
the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why
guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing
the server to automatically map unknown users into the <A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTACCOUNT"
+HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16289,7 +16629,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>.
See the <A
-HREF="r1.html#MAPTOGUEST"
+HREF="#MAPTOGUEST"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16300,17 +16640,20 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> parameter for details on doing this.</P
><P
>See also the section <A
-HREF="r1.html#AEN236"
+HREF="#AEN236"
> NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</A
>.</P
><P
><A
NAME="SECURITYEQUALSSERVER"
></A
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>SECURITY = SERVER
</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>In this mode Samba will try to validate the username/password
@@ -16335,9 +16678,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
> for details on how to set this
up.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Note</I
+></SPAN
> that from the client's point of
view <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
@@ -16349,18 +16695,24 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the
client sees.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Note</I
+></SPAN
> that the name of the resource being
- requested is <I
+ requested is <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>not</I
+></SPAN
> sent to the server until after
the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why
guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing
the server to automatically map unknown users into the <A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTACCOUNT"
+HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16369,7 +16721,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>.
See the <A
-HREF="r1.html#MAPTOGUEST"
+HREF="#MAPTOGUEST"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16380,12 +16732,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> parameter for details on doing this.</P
><P
>See also the section <A
-HREF="r1.html#AEN236"
+HREF="#AEN236"
> NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</A
>.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWORDSERVER"
+HREF="#PASSWORDSERVER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16394,7 +16746,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
> parameter and the <A
-HREF="r1.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"
+HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16407,10 +16759,13 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><A
NAME="SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"
></A
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>SECURITY = DOMAIN
</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>This mode will only work correctly if <A
@@ -16419,7 +16774,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
>smbpasswd(8)</A
> has been used to add this
machine into a Windows NT Domain. It expects the <A
-HREF="r1.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"
+HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16435,16 +16790,22 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
it to a Windows NT Primary or Backup Domain Controller, in exactly
the same way that a Windows NT Server would do.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Note</I
+></SPAN
> that a valid UNIX user must still
exist as well as the account on the Domain Controller to allow
Samba to have a valid UNIX account to map file access to.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Note</I
+></SPAN
> that from the client's point
of view <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
@@ -16456,18 +16817,24 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication,
it does not in any way affect what the client sees.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Note</I
+></SPAN
> that the name of the resource being
- requested is <I
+ requested is <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>not</I
+></SPAN
> sent to the server until after
the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why
guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing
the server to automatically map unknown users into the <A
-HREF="r1.html#GUESTACCOUNT"
+HREF="#GUESTACCOUNT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16476,7 +16843,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>.
See the <A
-HREF="r1.html#MAPTOGUEST"
+HREF="#MAPTOGUEST"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16486,9 +16853,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
</A
> parameter for details on doing this.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>BUG:</I
+></SPAN
> There is currently a bug in the
implementation of <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
@@ -16501,12 +16871,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
Domain Controller. This issue will be addressed in a future release.</P
><P
>See also the section <A
-HREF="r1.html#AEN236"
+HREF="#AEN236"
> NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</A
>.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWORDSERVER"
+HREF="#PASSWORDSERVER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16515,7 +16885,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
> parameter and the <A
-HREF="r1.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"
+HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16557,9 +16927,12 @@ NAME="SECURITYMASK"
a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file.
</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Note</I
+></SPAN
> that users who can access the
Samba server through other means can easily bypass this
restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone
@@ -16570,7 +16943,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
>.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"
+HREF="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16579,7 +16952,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>,
<A
-HREF="r1.html#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"
+HREF="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16588,7 +16961,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#FORCESECURITYMODE"
+HREF="#FORCESECURITYMODE"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16726,9 +17099,12 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
>This option gives full share compatibility and enabled
by default.</P
><P
->You should <I
+>You should <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>NEVER</I
+></SPAN
> turn this parameter
off as many Windows applications will break if you do so.</P
><P
@@ -16748,7 +17124,7 @@ NAME="SHORTPRESERVECASE"
which conform to 8.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of
suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced
to be the <A
-HREF="r1.html#DEFAULTCASE"
+HREF="#DEFAULTCASE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16757,7 +17133,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>. This option can be use with <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRESERVECASE"
+HREF="#PRESERVECASE"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>preserve case = yes</B
@@ -16767,7 +17143,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
names are lowered. </P
><P
>See the section on <A
-HREF="r1.html#AEN203"
+HREF="#AEN203"
> NAME MANGLING</A
>.</P
><P
@@ -16811,14 +17187,17 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
>
parameter will always cause the OpenPrinterEx() on the server
- to fail. Thus the APW icon will never be displayed. <I
+ to fail. Thus the APW icon will never be displayed. <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
> Note :</I
+></SPAN
>This does not prevent the same user from having
administrative privilege on an individual printer.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"
+HREF="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16827,7 +17206,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"
+HREF="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16835,7 +17214,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#PRINTERADMIN"
+HREF="#PRINTERADMIN"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -16856,9 +17235,12 @@ NAME="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"
>shutdown script (G)</DT
><DD
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>This parameter only exists in the HEAD cvs branch</I
+></SPAN
>
This a full path name to a script called by
<A
@@ -16899,9 +17281,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>%r</I
></TT
> will be substituted with the
- switch <I
+ switch <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>-r</I
+></SPAN
>. It means reboot after shutdown
for NT.
</P
@@ -16912,15 +17297,21 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>%f</I
></TT
> will be substituted with the
- switch <I
+ switch <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>-f</I
+></SPAN
>. It means force the shutdown
even if applications do not respond for NT.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>None</I
+></SPAN
>.</P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -16929,13 +17320,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
></P
><P
>Shutdown script example:
- <TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
-><PRE
+ <PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
> #!/bin/bash
@@ -16945,15 +17330,12 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
/sbin/shutdown $3 $4 +$time $1 &#38;
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
>
Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background.
</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"
+HREF="#ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -17107,9 +17489,12 @@ TARGET="_top"
></LI
></UL
><P
->Those marked with a <I
+>Those marked with a <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>'*'</I
+></SPAN
> take an integer
argument. The others can optionally take a 1 or 0 argument to enable
or disable the option, by default they will be enabled if you
@@ -17181,9 +17566,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>SAMBA_NETBIOS_NAME = myhostname</B
></P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>No default value</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Examples: <B
@@ -17207,9 +17595,12 @@ NAME="SPNEGO"
><P
> This variable controls controls whether samba will try to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with WindowsXP and Windows2000sp2 clients to agree upon an authentication mechanism. As of samba 3.0alpha it must be set to "no" for these clients to join a samba domain controller. It can be set to "yes" to allow samba to participate in an AD domain controlled by a Windows2000 domain controller.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>use spnego = yes</I
+></SPAN
></P
></DD
><DT
@@ -17352,7 +17743,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
explorer shell file copies.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#SYNCALWAYS"
+HREF="#SYNCALWAYS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -17419,7 +17810,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
any affect.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#STRICTSYNC"
+HREF="#STRICTSYNC"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -17589,7 +17980,7 @@ NAME="TIMESTAMPLOGS"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"
+HREF="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -17618,7 +18009,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
can be used to prevent a server from exceeding its capacity and is
designed as a printing throttle. See also
<A
-HREF="r1.html#MAXPRINTJOBS"
+HREF="#MAXPRINTJOBS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -17709,16 +18100,19 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>passwd
program</I
></TT
->parameter is called <I
+>parameter is called <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>AS ROOT</I
+></SPAN
> -
to allow the new UNIX password to be set without access to the
old UNIX password (as the SMB password change code has no
access to the old password cleartext, only the new).</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWDPROGRAM"
+HREF="#PASSWDPROGRAM"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -17727,7 +18121,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
>, <A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWDCHAT"
+HREF="#PASSWDCHAT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -17766,7 +18160,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
>.</P
><P
>In order for this parameter to work correctly the <A
-HREF="r1.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"
+HREF="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -17829,15 +18223,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>If this parameter is enabled for a printer, then any attempt
to open the printer with the PRINTER_ACCESS_ADMINISTER right is mapped
to PRINTER_ACCESS_USE instead. Thus allowing the OpenPrinterEx()
- call to succeed. <I
+ call to succeed. <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>This parameter MUST not be able enabled
on a print share which has valid print driver installed on the Samba
server.</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#DISABLESPOOLSS"
+HREF="#DISABLESPOOLSS"
>disable spoolss</A
>
</P
@@ -17889,9 +18286,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
will be read to find the names of hosts and users who will be allowed
access without specifying a password.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>NOTE:</I
+></SPAN
> The use of <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -17921,7 +18321,7 @@ NAME="USER"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#USERNAME"
+HREF="#USERNAME"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -17938,7 +18338,7 @@ NAME="USERS"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#USERNAME"
+HREF="#USERNAME"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -17997,7 +18397,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>To restrict a service to a particular set of users you
can use the <A
-HREF="r1.html#VALIDUSERS"
+HREF="#VALIDUSERS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -18027,7 +18427,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
search.</P
><P
>See the section <A
-HREF="r1.html#AEN236"
+HREF="#AEN236"
>NOTE ABOUT
USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</A
> for more information on how
@@ -18036,7 +18436,7 @@ HREF="r1.html#AEN236"
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>The guest account if a guest service,
- else &#60;empty string&#62;.</B
+ else &lt;empty string&gt;.</B
></P
><P
>Examples:<B
@@ -18173,20 +18573,11 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
'!' to tell Samba to stop processing if it gets a match on
that line.</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
> !sys = mary fred
guest = *
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
>Note that the remapping is applied to all occurrences
@@ -18207,7 +18598,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
>fred</TT
>. The only exception to this is the
username passed to the <A
-HREF="r1.html#PASSWORDSERVER"
+HREF="#PASSWORDSERVER"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -18223,9 +18614,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
trouble deleting print jobs as PrintManager under WfWg will think
they don't own the print job.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no username map</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -18284,7 +18678,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
performance on large installations. </P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#UTMPDIRECTORY"
+HREF="#UTMPDIRECTORY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -18312,7 +18706,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>. It specifies a directory pathname that is
used to store the utmp or utmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that
record user connections to a Samba server. See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#UTMP"
+HREF="#UTMP"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -18327,9 +18721,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>/var/run/utmp</TT
> on Linux).</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no utmp directory</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -18355,7 +18752,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
has logged out.
See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#UTMP"
+HREF="#UTMP"
> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -18370,9 +18767,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>/var/run/wtmp</TT
> on Linux).</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no wtmp directory</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -18415,7 +18815,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>. This is useful in the [homes] section.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#INVALIDUSERS"
+HREF="#INVALIDUSERS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -18425,10 +18825,13 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
></P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>No valid users list (anyone can login)
</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -18450,9 +18853,12 @@ NAME="VETOFILES"
or directories as in DOS wildcards.</P
><P
>Each entry must be a unix path, not a DOS path and
- must <I
+ must <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>not</I
+></SPAN
> include the unix directory
separator '/'.</P
><P
@@ -18468,9 +18874,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
is important to be aware of is Samba's behaviour when
trying to delete a directory. If a directory that is
to be deleted contains nothing but veto files this
- deletion will <I
+ deletion will <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>fail</I
+></SPAN
> unless you also set
the <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
@@ -18490,7 +18899,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
for a match as they are scanned.</P
><P
>See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#HIDEFILES"
+HREF="#HIDEFILES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -18499,7 +18908,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
></A
> and <A
-HREF="r1.html#CASESENSITIVE"
+HREF="#CASESENSITIVE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -18508,19 +18917,16 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>No files or directories are vetoed.
</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
->Examples:<TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
-><PRE
+>Examples:<PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>; Veto any files containing the word Security,
; any ending in .tmp, and any directory containing the
@@ -18530,9 +18936,6 @@ veto files = /*Security*/*.tmp/*root*/
; Veto the Apple specific files that a NetAtalk server
; creates.
veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
></DD
><DT
@@ -18543,7 +18946,7 @@ NAME="VETOOPLOCKFILES"
><DD
><P
>This parameter is only valid when the <A
-HREF="r1.html#OPLOCKS"
+HREF="#OPLOCKS"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -18555,7 +18958,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
to selectively turn off the granting of oplocks on selected files that
match a wildcarded list, similar to the wildcarded list used in the
<A
-HREF="r1.html#VETOFILES"
+HREF="#VETOFILES"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -18565,10 +18968,13 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>
parameter.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>No files are vetoed for oplock
grants</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>You might want to do this on files that you know will
@@ -18626,9 +19032,12 @@ NAME="VFSOBJECT"
with a VFS object. The Samba VFS layer is new to Samba 2.2 and
must be enabled at compile time with --with-vfs.</P
><P
->Default : <I
+>Default : <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no value</I
+></SPAN
></P
></DD
><DT
@@ -18642,7 +19051,7 @@ NAME="VFSOPTIONS"
to the vfs layer at initialization time. The Samba VFS layer
is new to Samba 2.2 and must be enabled at compile time
with --with-vfs. See also <A
-HREF="r1.html#VFSOBJECT"
+HREF="#VFSOBJECT"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -18651,9 +19060,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></A
>.</P
><P
->Default : <I
+>Default : <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>no value</I
+></SPAN
></P
></DD
><DT
@@ -18667,9 +19079,12 @@ NAME="VOLUME"
returned for a share. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs
that insist on a particular volume label.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>the name of the share</I
+></SPAN
></P
></DD
><DT
@@ -18756,9 +19171,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> system call
will not return any data. </P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Warning:</I
+></SPAN
> Turning off user
enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. For
example, the finger program relies on having access to the
@@ -18811,9 +19229,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> system
call will not return any data. </P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>Warning:</I
+></SPAN
> Turning off group
enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly.
</P
@@ -18842,7 +19263,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbind gid = &#60;empty string&#62;
+>winbind gid = &lt;empty string&gt;
</B
></P
><P
@@ -18913,7 +19334,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbind uid = &#60;empty string&#62;
+>winbind uid = &lt;empty string&gt;
</B
></P
><P
@@ -18941,7 +19362,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbind use default domain = &#60;no&#62;
+>winbind use default domain = &lt;no&gt;
</B
></P
><P
@@ -19056,9 +19477,12 @@ TARGET="_top"
>You should point this at your WINS server if you have a
multi-subnetted network.</P
><P
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>NOTE</I
+></SPAN
>. You need to set up Samba to point
to a WINS server if you have multiple subnets and wish cross-subnet
browsing to work correctly.</P
@@ -19069,9 +19493,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>
in the docs/ directory of your Samba source distribution.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>not enabled</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -19100,9 +19527,12 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>nmbd</B
> to be your WINS server.
- Note that you should <I
+ Note that you should <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>NEVER</I
+></SPAN
> set this to <TT
CLASS="CONSTANT"
>yes</TT
@@ -19124,7 +19554,7 @@ NAME="WORKGROUP"
>This controls what workgroup your server will
appear to be in when queried by clients. Note that this parameter
also controls the Domain name used with the <A
-HREF="r1.html#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"
+HREF="#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>security = domain</B
@@ -19132,9 +19562,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>
setting.</P
><P
->Default: <I
+>Default: <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>set at compile time to WORKGROUP</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Example: <B
@@ -19150,7 +19583,7 @@ NAME="WRITABLE"
><DD
><P
>Synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#WRITEABLE"
+HREF="#WRITEABLE"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -19168,9 +19601,12 @@ NAME="WRITECACHESIZE"
><P
>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value,
Samba will create an in-memory cache for each oplocked file
- (it does <I
+ (it does <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>not</I
+></SPAN
> do this for
non-oplocked files). All writes that the client does not request
to be flushed directly to disk will be stored in this cache if possible.
@@ -19210,7 +19646,7 @@ NAME="WRITELIST"
>This is a list of users that are given read-write
access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list then
they will be given write access, no matter what the <A
-HREF="r1.html#READONLY"
+HREF="#READONLY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -19225,7 +19661,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
write list then they will be given write access.</P
><P
>See also the <A
-HREF="r1.html#READLIST"
+HREF="#READLIST"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -19237,7 +19673,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><P
>Default: <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->write list = &#60;empty string&#62;
+>write list = &lt;empty string&gt;
</B
></P
><P
@@ -19279,7 +19715,7 @@ NAME="WRITEOK"
><DD
><P
>Inverted synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#READONLY"
+HREF="#READONLY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
@@ -19312,7 +19748,7 @@ NAME="WRITEABLE"
><DD
><P
>Inverted synonym for <A
-HREF="r1.html#READONLY"
+HREF="#READONLY"
><TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html
index 637720fa6b..e0425d481d 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>smbcacls</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="SMBCACLS"
->smbcacls</A
-></H1
+></A
+>smbcacls</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -55,8 +56,8 @@ TARGET="_top"
>The <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbcacls</B
-> program manipulates NT Access Control Lists
- (ACLs) on SMB file shares. </P
+> program manipulates NT Access Control
+ Lists (ACLs) on SMB file shares. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
@@ -106,7 +107,7 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
>This command sets the ACLs on the file with
only the ones specified on the command line. All other ACLs are
- erased. Note that the ACL specified must contain at least a revision,
+ erased. Note that the ACL specified must contain at least a revision,
type, owner and group for the call to succeed. </P
></DD
><DT
@@ -189,23 +190,14 @@ NAME="AEN75"
>The format of an ACL is one or more ACL entries separated by
either commas or newlines. An ACL entry is one of the following: </P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>
-REVISION:&#60;revision number&#62;
-OWNER:&#60;sid or name&#62;
-GROUP:&#60;sid or name&#62;
-ACL:&#60;sid or name&#62;:&#60;type&#62;/&#60;flags&#62;/&#60;mask&#62;
+REVISION:&lt;revision number&gt;
+OWNER:&lt;sid or name&gt;
+GROUP:&lt;sid or name&gt;
+ACL:&lt;sid or name&gt;:&lt;type&gt;/&lt;flags&gt;/&lt;mask&gt;
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
>The revision of the ACL specifies the internal Windows
@@ -262,38 +254,62 @@ ACL:&#60;sid or name&#62;:&#60;type&#62;/&#60;flags&#62;/&#60;mask&#62;
><UL
><LI
><P
-><EM
->R</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>R</I
+></SPAN
> - Allow read access </P
></LI
><LI
><P
-><EM
->W</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>W</I
+></SPAN
> - Allow write access</P
></LI
><LI
><P
-><EM
->X</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>X</I
+></SPAN
> - Execute permission on the object</P
></LI
><LI
><P
-><EM
->D</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>D</I
+></SPAN
> - Delete the object</P
></LI
><LI
><P
-><EM
->P</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>P</I
+></SPAN
> - Change permissions</P
></LI
><LI
><P
-><EM
->O</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>O</I
+></SPAN
> - Take ownership</P
></LI
></UL
@@ -304,22 +320,34 @@ ACL:&#60;sid or name&#62;:&#60;type&#62;/&#60;flags&#62;/&#60;mask&#62;
><UL
><LI
><P
-><EM
->READ</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>READ</I
+></SPAN
> - Equivalent to 'RX'
permissions</P
></LI
><LI
><P
-><EM
->CHANGE</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>CHANGE</I
+></SPAN
> - Equivalent to 'RXWD' permissions
</P
></LI
><LI
><P
-><EM
->FULL</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>FULL</I
+></SPAN
> - Equivalent to 'RWXDPO'
permissions</P
></LI
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html
index 4c770f9eb2..1e251c2ca5 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>smbclient</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="SMBCLIENT"
->smbclient</A
-></H1
+></A
+>smbclient</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ NAME="AEN8"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbclient</B
-> {servicename} [password] [-b &#60;buffer size&#62;] [-d debuglevel] [-D Directory] [-U username] [-W workgroup] [-M &#60;netbios name&#62;] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-l logfile] [-L &#60;netbios name&#62;] [-I destinationIP] [-E &#60;terminal code&#62;] [-c &#60;command string&#62;] [-i scope] [-O &#60;socket options&#62;] [-p port] [-R &#60;name resolve order&#62;] [-s &#60;smb config file&#62;] [-T&#60;c|x&#62;IXFqgbNan]</P
+> {servicename} [password] [-b &lt;buffer size&gt;] [-d debuglevel] [-D Directory] [-U username] [-W workgroup] [-M &lt;netbios name&gt;] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-l logfile] [-L &lt;netbios name&gt;] [-I destinationIP] [-E &lt;terminal code&gt;] [-c &lt;command string&gt;] [-i scope] [-O &lt;socket options&gt;] [-p port] [-R &lt;name resolve order&gt;] [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;] [-T&lt;c|x&gt;IXFqgbNan]</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
@@ -195,7 +196,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
options. </P
></DD
><DT
->-R &#60;name resolve order&#62;</DT
+>-R &lt;name resolve order&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>This option is used by the programs in the Samba
@@ -348,8 +349,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
> for a description of how to handle incoming
WinPopup messages in Samba. </P
><P
-><EM
->Note</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>Note</I
+></SPAN
>: Copy WinPopup into the startup group
on your WfWg PCs if you want them to always be able to receive
messages. </P
@@ -368,8 +373,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
CLASS="FILENAME"
>rfc1002.txt</TT
>.
- NetBIOS scopes are <EM
->very</EM
+ NetBIOS scopes are <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>very</I
+></SPAN
> rarely used, only set
this parameter if you are the system administrator in charge of all
the NetBIOS systems you communicate with. </P
@@ -426,12 +435,20 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
><I
>debuglevel</I
></TT
-> is set to the letter 'A', then <EM
+> is set to the letter 'A', then <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>all
- </EM
+ </I
+></SPAN
> debug messages will be printed. This setting
- is for developers only (and people who <EM
->really</EM
+ is for developers only (and people who <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>really</I
+></SPAN
> want
to know how the code works internally). </P
><P
@@ -593,21 +610,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
password used in the connection. The format of the file is
</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
->username = &#60;value&#62;
-password = &#60;value&#62;
-domain = &#60;value&#62;
+>username = &lt;value&gt;
+password = &lt;value&gt;
+domain = &lt;value&gt;
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
>If the domain parameter is missing the current workgroup name
@@ -643,10 +651,18 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> how to interpret
filenames coming from the remote server. Usually Asian language
multibyte UNIX implementations use different character sets than
- SMB/CIFS servers (<EM
->EUC</EM
-> instead of <EM
-> SJIS</EM
+ SMB/CIFS servers (<SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>EUC</I
+></SPAN
+> instead of <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+> SJIS</I
+></SPAN
> for example). Setting this parameter will let
<B
CLASS="COMMAND"
@@ -860,8 +876,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></LI
></UL
><P
-><EM
->Tar Long File Names</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>Tar Long File Names</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
><B
@@ -877,16 +897,24 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
files in the archive with relative names, not absolute names.
</P
><P
-><EM
->Tar Filenames</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>Tar Filenames</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>All file names can be given as DOS path names (with '\'
as the component separator) or as UNIX path names (with '/' as
the component separator). </P
><P
-><EM
->Examples</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>Examples</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>Restore from tar file <TT
@@ -988,7 +1016,7 @@ NAME="AEN310"
><P
><TT
CLASS="PROMPT"
->smb:\&#62; </TT
+>smb:\&gt; </TT
></P
><P
>The backslash ("\") indicates the current working directory
@@ -1008,7 +1036,7 @@ CLASS="PROMPT"
><P
>Parameters shown in square brackets (e.g., "[parameter]") are
optional. If not given, the command will use suitable defaults. Parameters
- shown in angle brackets (e.g., "&#60;parameter&#62;") are required.
+ shown in angle brackets (e.g., "&lt;parameter&gt;") are required.
</P
><P
>Note that all commands operating on the server are actually
@@ -1099,7 +1127,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
directory on the server will be reported. </P
></DD
><DT
->del &#60;mask&#62;</DT
+>del &lt;mask&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>The client will request that the server attempt
@@ -1112,7 +1140,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
directory on the server. </P
></DD
><DT
->dir &#60;mask&#62;</DT
+>dir &lt;mask&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>A list of the files matching <TT
@@ -1132,7 +1160,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
from the program. </P
></DD
><DT
->get &#60;remote file name&#62; [local file name]</DT
+>get &lt;remote file name&gt; [local file name]</DT
><DD
><P
>Copy the file called <TT
@@ -1197,13 +1225,13 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
lowercase filenames are the norm on UNIX systems. </P
></DD
><DT
->ls &#60;mask&#62;</DT
+>ls &lt;mask&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>See the dir command above. </P
></DD
><DT
->mask &#60;mask&#62;</DT
+>mask &lt;mask&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>This command allows the user to set up a mask
@@ -1229,13 +1257,13 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
mask back to "*" after using the mget or mput commands. </P
></DD
><DT
->md &#60;directory name&#62;</DT
+>md &lt;directory name&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>See the mkdir command. </P
></DD
><DT
->mget &#60;mask&#62;</DT
+>mget &lt;mask&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>Copy all files matching <TT
@@ -1260,14 +1288,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
> are binary. See also the lowercase command. </P
></DD
><DT
->mkdir &#60;directory name&#62;</DT
+>mkdir &lt;directory name&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>Create a new directory on the server (user access
privileges permitting) with the specified name. </P
></DD
><DT
->mput &#60;mask&#62;</DT
+>mput &lt;mask&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>Copy all files matching <TT
@@ -1293,7 +1321,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
are binary. </P
></DD
><DT
->print &#60;file name&#62;</DT
+>print &lt;file name&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>Print the specified file from the local machine
@@ -1302,7 +1330,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>See also the printmode command.</P
></DD
><DT
->printmode &#60;graphics or text&#62;</DT
+>printmode &lt;graphics or text&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>Set the print mode to suit either binary data
@@ -1322,7 +1350,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
</P
></DD
><DT
->put &#60;local file name&#62; [remote file name]</DT
+>put &lt;local file name&gt; [remote file name]</DT
><DD
><P
>Copy the file called <TT
@@ -1354,7 +1382,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>See the exit command. </P
></DD
><DT
->rd &#60;directory name&#62;</DT
+>rd &lt;directory name&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>See the rmdir command. </P
@@ -1379,7 +1407,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
using the mask command will be ignored. </P
></DD
><DT
->rm &#60;mask&#62;</DT
+>rm &lt;mask&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>Remove all files matching <TT
@@ -1391,14 +1419,14 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
working directory on the server. </P
></DD
><DT
->rmdir &#60;directory name&#62;</DT
+>rmdir &lt;directory name&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>Remove the specified directory (user access
privileges permitting) from the server. </P
></DD
><DT
->setmode &#60;filename&#62; &#60;perm=[+|\-]rsha&#62;</DT
+>setmode &lt;filename&gt; &lt;perm=[+|\-]rsha&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>A version of the DOS attrib command to set
@@ -1423,7 +1451,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
</P
></DD
><DT
->tar &#60;c|x&#62;[IXbgNa]</DT
+>tar &lt;c|x&gt;[IXbgNa]</DT
><DD
><P
>Performs a tar operation - see the <TT
@@ -1439,7 +1467,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
</P
></DD
><DT
->blocksize &#60;blocksize&#62;</DT
+>blocksize &lt;blocksize&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>Blocksize. Must be followed by a valid (greater
@@ -1452,7 +1480,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
>*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte) blocks. </P
></DD
><DT
->tarmode &#60;full|inc|reset|noreset&#62;</DT
+>tarmode &lt;full|inc|reset|noreset&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>Changes tar's behavior with regard to archive
@@ -1540,8 +1568,12 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
> /usr/samba/bin/</TT
> directory, this directory readable
by all, writeable only by root. The client program itself should
- be executable by all. The client should <EM
->NOT</EM
+ be executable by all. The client should <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>NOT</I
+></SPAN
> be
setuid or setgid! </P
><P
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbcontrol.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbcontrol.1.html
index 74c2854a86..12662dcc04 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbcontrol.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbcontrol.1.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>smbcontrol</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="SMBCONTROL"
->smbcontrol</A
-></H1
+></A
+>smbcontrol</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -249,7 +250,7 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
>printnotify</TT
> message-type sends a
message to smbd which in turn sends a printer notify message to
- any Windows NT clients connected to a printer. This message-type
+ any Windows NT clients connected to a printer. This message-type
takes the following arguments:
<P
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html
index 6a4996d938..22340139ed 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>smbd</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="SMBD"
->smbd</A
-></H1
+></A
+>smbd</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ NAME="AEN8"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbd</B
-> [-D] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-P] [-h] [-V] [-b] [-d &#60;debug level&#62;] [-l &#60;log directory&#62;] [-p &#60;port number&#62;] [-O &#60;socket option&#62;] [-s &#60;configuration file&#62;]</P
+> [-D] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-P] [-h] [-V] [-b] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-l &lt;log directory&gt;] [-p &lt;port number&gt;] [-O &lt;socket option&gt;] [-s &lt;configuration file&gt;]</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
@@ -205,7 +206,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
Samba was built.</P
></DD
><DT
->-d &#60;debug level&#62;</DT
+>-d &lt;debug level&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
><TT
@@ -246,7 +247,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
> file.</P
></DD
><DT
->-l &#60;log directory&#62;</DT
+>-l &lt;log directory&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>If specified,
@@ -272,8 +273,12 @@ TARGET="_top"
CLASS="FILENAME"
> smb.conf(5)</TT
></A
-> file. <EM
->Beware:</EM
+> file. <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>Beware:</I
+></SPAN
>
If the directory specified does not exist, <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
@@ -286,7 +291,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
compile time.</P
></DD
><DT
->-O &#60;socket options&#62;</DT
+>-O &lt;socket options&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>See the <A
@@ -305,7 +310,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
> file for details.</P
></DD
><DT
->-p &#60;port number&#62;</DT
+>-p &lt;port number&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
><TT
@@ -336,7 +341,7 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
in the above situation.</P
></DD
><DT
->-s &#60;configuration file&#62;</DT
+>-s &lt;configuration file&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>The file specified contains the
@@ -544,8 +549,12 @@ TARGET="_top"
><UL
><LI
><P
-><EM
->Account Validation</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>Account Validation</I
+></SPAN
>: All acccesses to a
samba server are checked
against PAM to see if the account is vaild, not disabled and is permitted to
@@ -554,8 +563,12 @@ TARGET="_top"
></LI
><LI
><P
-><EM
->Session Management</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>Session Management</I
+></SPAN
>: When not using share
level secuirty, users must pass PAM's session checks before access
is granted. Note however, that this is bypassed in share level secuirty.
@@ -624,8 +637,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
that <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>SIGKILL (-9)</B
-> <EM
->NOT</EM
+> <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>NOT</I
+></SPAN
>
be used, except as a last resort, as this may leave the shared
memory area in an inconsistent state. The safe way to terminate
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbgroupedit.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbgroupedit.8.html
index 4af49672ca..b93e900dcd 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbgroupedit.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbgroupedit.8.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>smbgroupedit</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="SMBGROUPEDIT"
->smbgroupedit</A
-></H1
+></A
+>smbgroupedit</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ NAME="AEN8"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbroupedit</B
-> [-v [l|s]] [-a UNIX-groupname [-d NT-groupname|-p prividge|]</P
+> [-v [l|s]] [-a UNIX-groupname [-d NT-groupname|-p privilege|]]</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
@@ -88,12 +89,6 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
>give a long listing, of the format:</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>"NT Group Name"
@@ -102,30 +97,18 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
Group type :
Comment :
Privilege :</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
>For examples,</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>Users
- SID : S-1-5-32-545
+ SID : S-1-5-32-545
Unix group: -1
Group type: Local group
- Comment :
+ Comment :
Privilege : No privilege</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
></DD
><DT
@@ -134,34 +117,16 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
><P
>display a short listing of the format:</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>NTGroupName(SID) -&#62; UnixGroupName</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
>For example,</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>Users (S-1-5-32-545) -&#62; -1</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
></DD
></DL
@@ -246,12 +211,6 @@ TYPE="a"
>Get the SID for the Windows NT "Domain Admins"
group:</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
><TT
@@ -262,9 +221,6 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbgroupedit -vs | grep "Domain Admins"</B
>
Domain Admins (S-1-5-21-1108995562-3116817432-1375597819-512) -&#62; -1</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
></LI
><LI
@@ -273,12 +229,6 @@ Domain Admins (S-1-5-21-1108995562-3116817432-1375597819-512) -&#62; -1</PRE
"Domain Admins" group, by running the command:
</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
><TT
@@ -290,13 +240,14 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
-c S-1-5-21-1108995562-3116817432-1375597819-512 \
-u domadm</B
></PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
-> <EM
->warning:</EM
+> <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>warning:</I
+></SPAN
> don't copy and paste this sample, the
Domain Admins SID (the S-1-5-21-...-512) is different for every PDC.
</P
@@ -305,14 +256,8 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
></LI
></OL
><P
->To verify that you mapping has taken effect:</P
+>To verify that your mapping has taken effect:</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
><TT
@@ -323,21 +268,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbgroupedit -vs|grep "Domain Admins"</B
>
Domain Admins (S-1-5-21-1108995562-3116817432-1375597819-512) -&#62; domadm</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
>To give access to a certain directory on a domain member machine (an
NT/W2K or a samba server running winbind) to some users who are member
of a group on your samba PDC, flag that group as a domain group:</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
><TT
@@ -347,9 +283,6 @@ CLASS="PROMPT"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbgroupedit -a unixgroup -td</B
></PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
></DIV
><DIV
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html
index a7d10b6e19..06b9fb1fd3 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>smbmnt</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="SMBMNT"
->smbmnt</A
-></H1
+></A
+>smbmnt</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ NAME="AEN8"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbmnt</B
-> {mount-point} [-s &#60;share&#62;] [-r] [-u &#60;uid&#62;] [-g &#60;gid&#62;] [-f &#60;mask&#62;] [-d &#60;mask&#62;] [-o &#60;options&#62;]</P
+> {mount-point} [-s &lt;share&gt;] [-r] [-u &lt;uid&gt;] [-g &lt;gid&gt;] [-f &lt;mask&gt;] [-d &lt;mask&gt;] [-o &lt;options&gt;]</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html
index 9d620f1397..81a3ac04b2 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>smbmount</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="SMBMOUNT"
->smbmount</A
-></H1
+></A
+>smbmount</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -85,8 +86,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbmount</B
> process may also be called mount.smbfs.</P
><P
-><EM
->NOTE:</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>NOTE:</I
+></SPAN
> <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbmount</B
@@ -114,7 +119,7 @@ NAME="AEN31"
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><DL
><DT
->username=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
+>username=&lt;arg&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>specifies the username to connect as. If
@@ -127,7 +132,7 @@ CLASS="ENVAR"
to be specified as part of the username.</P
></DD
><DT
->password=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
+>password=&lt;arg&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>specifies the SMB password. If this
@@ -143,7 +148,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
for a passeword, unless the guest option is
given. </P
><P
-> Note that password which contain the arguement delimiter
+> Note that passwords which contain the argument delimiter
character (i.e. a comma ',') will failed to be parsed correctly
on the command line. However, the same password defined
in the PASSWD environment variable or a credentials file (see
@@ -151,26 +156,17 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
</P
></DD
><DT
->credentials=&#60;filename&#62;</DT
+>credentials=&lt;filename&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>specifies a file that contains a username
and/or password. The format of the file is:</P
><P
-> <TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="90%"
-><TR
-><TD
-><PRE
+> <PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
-> username = &#60;value&#62;
- password = &#60;value&#62;
+> username = &lt;value&gt;
+ password = &lt;value&gt;
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
>
</P
><P
@@ -183,14 +179,14 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
</P
></DD
><DT
->netbiosname=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
+>netbiosname=&lt;arg&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>sets the source NetBIOS name. It defaults
to the local hostname. </P
></DD
><DT
->uid=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
+>uid=&lt;arg&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>sets the uid that will own all files on
@@ -199,7 +195,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
</P
></DD
><DT
->gid=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
+>gid=&lt;arg&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>sets the gid that will own all files on
@@ -208,14 +204,14 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
gid. </P
></DD
><DT
->port=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
+>port=&lt;arg&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>sets the remote SMB port number. The default
is 139. </P
></DD
><DT
->fmask=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
+>fmask=&lt;arg&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>sets the file mask. This determines the
@@ -223,7 +219,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
The default is based on the current umask. </P
></DD
><DT
->dmask=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
+>dmask=&lt;arg&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>sets the directory mask. This determines the
@@ -231,7 +227,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
The default is based on the current umask. </P
></DD
><DT
->debug=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
+>debug=&lt;arg&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>sets the debug level. This is useful for
@@ -240,20 +236,20 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
output, possibly hiding the useful output.</P
></DD
><DT
->ip=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
+>ip=&lt;arg&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>sets the destination host or IP address.
</P
></DD
><DT
->workgroup=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
+>workgroup=&lt;arg&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>sets the workgroup on the destination </P
></DD
><DT
->sockopt=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
+>sockopt=&lt;arg&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>sets the TCP socket options. See the <A
@@ -273,7 +269,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
</P
></DD
><DT
->scope=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
+>scope=&lt;arg&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>sets the NetBIOS scope </P
@@ -297,7 +293,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>mount read-write </P
></DD
><DT
->iocharset=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
+>iocharset=&lt;arg&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
> sets the charset used by the Linux side for codepage
@@ -307,7 +303,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
</P
></DD
><DT
->codepage=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
+>codepage=&lt;arg&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
> sets the codepage the server uses. See the iocharset
@@ -316,10 +312,10 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
</P
></DD
><DT
->ttl=&#60;arg&#62;</DT
+>ttl=&lt;arg&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
-> how long a directory listing is cached in milliseconds
+> sets how long a directory listing is cached in milliseconds
(also affects visibility of file size and date
changes). A higher value means that changes on the
server take longer to be noticed but it can give
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html
index 1f862b6611..04fab30ed6 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>smbpasswd</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="SMBPASSWD"
->smbpasswd</A
-></H1
+></A
+>smbpasswd</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -118,17 +119,29 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
> and the user will not be able to
log onto the Samba server. </P
><P
-><EM
->WARNING !!</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>WARNING !!</I
+></SPAN
> Note that, due to
the challenge-response nature of the SMB/CIFS authentication
protocol, anyone with a knowledge of this password hash will
be able to impersonate the user on the network. For this
- reason these hashes are known as <EM
+ reason these hashes are known as <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>plain text
- equivalents</EM
-> and must <EM
->NOT</EM
+ equivalents</I
+></SPAN
+> and must <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>NOT</I
+></SPAN
> be made
available to anyone but the root user. To protect these passwords
the smbpasswd file is placed in a directory with read and
@@ -153,17 +166,29 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
password this entry will be identical (i.e. the password is
not "salted" as the UNIX password is). </P
><P
-><EM
->WARNING !!</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>WARNING !!</I
+></SPAN
>. Note that, due to
the challenge-response nature of the SMB/CIFS authentication
protocol, anyone with a knowledge of this password hash will
be able to impersonate the user on the network. For this
- reason these hashes are known as <EM
+ reason these hashes are known as <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
>plain text
- equivalents</EM
-> and must <EM
->NOT</EM
+ equivalents</I
+></SPAN
+> and must <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>NOT</I
+></SPAN
> be made
available to anyone but the root user. To protect these passwords
the smbpasswd file is placed in a directory with read and
@@ -186,8 +211,12 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
><UL
><LI
><P
-><EM
->U</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>U</I
+></SPAN
> - This means
this is a "User" account, i.e. an ordinary user. Only User
and Workstation Trust accounts are currently supported
@@ -195,8 +224,12 @@ CLASS="CONSTANT"
></LI
><LI
><P
-><EM
->N</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>N</I
+></SPAN
> - This means the
account has no password (the passwords in the fields LANMAN
Password Hash and NT Password Hash are ignored). Note that this
@@ -217,16 +250,24 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
></LI
><LI
><P
-><EM
->D</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>D</I
+></SPAN
> - This means the account
is disabled and no SMB/CIFS logins will be allowed for
this user. </P
></LI
><LI
><P
-><EM
->W</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>W</I
+></SPAN
> - This means this account
is a "Workstation Trust" account. This kind of account is used
in the Samba PDC code stream to allow Windows NT Workstations
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html
index a8b39b37e5..fa7b4b2520 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>smbpasswd</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="SMBPASSWD"
->smbpasswd</A
-></H1
+></A
+>smbpasswd</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -36,12 +37,12 @@ NAME="AEN8"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbpasswd</B
-> [-a] [-x] [-d] [-e] [-D debuglevel] [-n] [-r &#60;remote machine&#62;] [-R &#60;name resolve order&#62;] [-m] [-j DOMAIN] [-U username[%password]] [-h] [-s] [-w pass] [username]</P
+> [-a] [-x] [-d] [-e] [-D debuglevel] [-n] [-r &lt;remote machine&gt;] [-R &lt;name resolve order&gt;] [-m] [-U username[%password]] [-h] [-s] [-w pass] [username]</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN26"
+NAME="AEN25"
></A
><H2
>DESCRIPTION</H2
@@ -53,8 +54,12 @@ TARGET="_top"
> suite.</P
><P
>The smbpasswd program has several different
- functions, depending on whether it is run by the <EM
->root</EM
+ functions, depending on whether it is run by the <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>root</I
+></SPAN
>
user or not. When run as a normal user it allows the user to change
the password used for their SMB sessions on any machines that store
@@ -70,8 +75,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbpasswd</B
> differs from how the passwd program works
- however in that it is not <EM
->setuid root</EM
+ however in that it is not <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>setuid root</I
+></SPAN
> but works in
a client-server mode and communicates with a locally running
<B
@@ -85,13 +94,13 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>smbpasswd(5)</TT
> file. </P
><P
->When run by an ordinary user with no options. smbpasswd
+>When run by an ordinary user with no options, smbpasswd
will prompt them for their old SMB password and then ask them
for their new password twice, to ensure that the new password
was typed correctly. No passwords will be echoed on the screen
whilst being typed. If you have a blank SMB password (specified by
the string "NO PASSWORD" in the smbpasswd file) then just press
- the &#60;Enter&#62; key when asked for your old password. </P
+ the &lt;Enter&gt; key when asked for your old password. </P
><P
>smbpasswd can also be used by a normal user to change their
SMB password on remote machines, such as Windows NT Primary Domain
@@ -110,7 +119,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN42"
+NAME="AEN41"
></A
><H2
>OPTIONS</H2
@@ -125,7 +134,7 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><P
>This option specifies that the username
following should be added to the local smbpasswd file, with the
- new password typed (type &#60;Enter&#62; for the old password). This
+ new password typed (type &lt;Enter&gt; for the old password). This
option is ignored if the username following already exists in
the smbpasswd file and it is treated like a regular change
password command. Note that the default passdb backends require
@@ -134,7 +143,7 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
CLASS="FILENAME"
>/etc/passwd</TT
>), else the request to add the
- user will fail. </P
+ user will fail. </P
><P
>This option is only available when running smbpasswd
as root. </P
@@ -294,8 +303,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
copy of the user account database and will not allow the password
change).</P
><P
-><EM
->Note</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>Note</I
+></SPAN
> that Windows 95/98 do not have
a real password database so it is not possible to change passwords
specifying a Win95/98 machine as remote machine target. </P
@@ -304,12 +317,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>-R name resolve order</DT
><DD
><P
->This option allows the user of smbpasswd to determine
+>This option allows the user of smbpasswd to determine
what name resolution services to use when looking up the NetBIOS
name of the host being connected to. </P
><P
->The options are :"lmhosts", "host", "wins" and "bcast". They cause
- names to be resolved as follows : </P
+>The options are :"lmhosts", "host", "wins" and "bcast". They
+ cause names to be resolved as follows : </P
><P
></P
><UL
@@ -359,8 +372,8 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>wins server</I
></TT
>
- parameter. If no WINS server has been specified this method
- will be ignored.</P
+ parameter. If no WINS server has been specified this method
+ will be ignored.</P
></LI
><LI
><P
@@ -375,8 +388,8 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>interfaces</I
></TT
> parameter. This is the least
- reliable of the name resolution methods as it depends on the
- target host being on a locally connected subnet.</P
+ reliable of the name resolution methods as it depends on the
+ target host being on a locally connected subnet.</P
></LI
></UL
><P
@@ -399,7 +412,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
being changed is a MACHINE account. Currently this is used
when Samba is being used as an NT Primary Domain Controller.</P
><P
->This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root.
+>This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root.
</P
></DD
><DT
@@ -448,8 +461,8 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
>-w password</DT
><DD
><P
->This parameter is only available is Samba
- has been configured to use the experiemental
+>This parameter is only available if Samba
+ has been configured to use the experimental
<B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>--with-ldapsam</B
@@ -481,7 +494,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>ldap
admin dn</I
></TT
-> ever changes, the password will beed to be
+> ever changes, the password will need to be
manually updated as well.
</P
></DD
@@ -490,8 +503,12 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><DD
><P
>This specifies the username for all of the
- <EM
->root only</EM
+ <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>root only</I
+></SPAN
> options to operate on. Only root
can specify this parameter as only root has the permission needed
to modify attributes directly in the local smbpasswd file.
@@ -503,7 +520,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN163"
+NAME="AEN162"
></A
><H2
>NOTES</H2
@@ -546,7 +563,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN173"
+NAME="AEN172"
></A
><H2
>VERSION</H2
@@ -557,7 +574,7 @@ NAME="AEN173"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN176"
+NAME="AEN175"
></A
><H2
>SEE ALSO</H2
@@ -580,7 +597,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN182"
+NAME="AEN181"
></A
><H2
>AUTHOR</H2
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html
index ba2cc7b492..72dbda5418 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>smbsh</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="SMBSH"
->smbsh</A
-></H1
+></A
+>smbsh</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ NAME="AEN8"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbsh</B
-> [-W workgroup] [-U username] [-P prefix] [-R &#60;name resolve order&#62;] [-d &#60;debug level&#62;] [-l logfile] [-L libdir]</P
+> [-W workgroup] [-U username] [-P prefix] [-R &lt;name resolve order&gt;] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-l logfile] [-L libdir]</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
@@ -114,13 +115,17 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>This option allows
the user to set the directory prefix for SMB access. The
default value if this option is not specified is
- <EM
->smb</EM
+ <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>smb</I
+></SPAN
>.
</P
></DD
><DT
->-R &#60;name resolve order&#62;</DT
+>-R &lt;name resolve order&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>This option is used to determine what naming
@@ -231,7 +236,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
order. </P
></DD
><DT
->-d &#60;debug level&#62;</DT
+>-d &lt;debug level&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>debug level is an integer from 0 to 10.</P
@@ -300,12 +305,6 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
that authenticates you to the machine running the Windows NT
operating system.</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
> <TT
@@ -336,9 +335,6 @@ CLASS="USERINPUT"
></TT
>
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
>Any dynamically linked command you execute from
@@ -358,7 +354,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
the workgroup MYGROUP. The command
<B
CLASS="COMMAND"
->ls /smb/MYGROUP/&#60;machine-name&#62;</B
+>ls /smb/MYGROUP/&lt;machine-name&gt;</B
> will show the share
names for that machine. You could then, for example, use the <B
CLASS="COMMAND"
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html
index 254abe9a9d..8dc2fbbd63 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>smbspool</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="SMBSPOOL"
->smbspool</A
-></H1
+></A
+>smbspool</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -24,7 +25,7 @@ NAME="AEN5"
></A
><H2
>Name</H2
->smbspool&nbsp;--&nbsp;send print file to an SMB printer</DIV
+>smbspool&nbsp;--&nbsp;send a print file to an SMB printer</DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSYNOPSISDIV"
><A
@@ -58,8 +59,12 @@ TARGET="_top"
Printing System, but you can use smbspool with any printing system
or from a program or script.</P
><P
-><EM
->DEVICE URI</EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>DEVICE URI</I
+></SPAN
></P
><P
>smbspool specifies the destination using a Uniform Resource
@@ -136,13 +141,13 @@ NAME="AEN39"
><P
>The copies argument (argv[4]) contains
the number of copies to be printed of the named file. If
- no filename is provided than this argument is not used by
+ no filename is provided then this argument is not used by
smbspool.</P
></LI
><LI
><P
>The options argument (argv[5]) contains
- the print options in a single string and is presently
+ the print options in a single string and is currently
not used by smbspool.</P
></LI
><LI
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbstatus.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbstatus.1.html
index 1d3dc9f952..fb7e14fadd 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbstatus.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbstatus.1.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>smbstatus</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="SMBSTATUS"
->smbstatus</A
-></H1
+></A
+>smbstatus</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -36,12 +37,12 @@ NAME="AEN8"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbstatus</B
-> [-P] [-b] [-d] [-L] [-p] [-S] [-s &#60;configuration file&#62;] [-u &#60;username&#62;]</P
+> [-P] [-b] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-v] [-L] [-B] [-p] [-S] [-s &lt;configuration file&gt;] [-u &lt;username&gt;]</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN19"
+NAME="AEN21"
></A
><H2
>DESCRIPTION</H2
@@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN25"
+NAME="AEN27"
></A
><H2
>OPTIONS</H2
@@ -71,7 +72,7 @@ NAME="AEN25"
CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
><DL
><DT
->-P</DT
+>-P|--profile</DT
><DD
><P
>If samba has been compiled with the
@@ -79,25 +80,38 @@ CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
shared memory area.</P
></DD
><DT
->-b</DT
+>-b|--brief</DT
><DD
><P
>gives brief output.</P
></DD
><DT
->-d</DT
+>-d|--debug=&lt;debuglevel&gt;</DT
+><DD
+><P
+>sets debugging to specified level</P
+></DD
+><DT
+>-v|--verbose</DT
><DD
><P
>gives verbose output.</P
></DD
><DT
->-L</DT
+>-L|--locks</DT
><DD
><P
>causes smbstatus to only list locks.</P
></DD
><DT
->-p</DT
+>-B|--byterange</DT
+><DD
+><P
+>causes smbstatus to include byte range locks.
+ </P
+></DD
+><DT
+>-p|--processes</DT
><DD
><P
>print a list of <A
@@ -111,13 +125,13 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
Useful for scripting.</P
></DD
><DT
->-S</DT
+>-S|--shares</DT
><DD
><P
>causes smbstatus to only list shares.</P
></DD
><DT
->-s &#60;configuration file&#62;</DT
+>-s|--conf=&lt;configuration file&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>The default configuration file name is
@@ -133,7 +147,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
> for more information.</P
></DD
><DT
->-u &#60;username&#62;</DT
+>-u|--user=&lt;username&gt;</DT
><DD
><P
>selects information relevant to
@@ -150,18 +164,18 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN65"
+NAME="AEN75"
></A
><H2
>VERSION</H2
><P
->This man page is correct for version 2.2 of
+>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
the Samba suite.</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN68"
+NAME="AEN78"
></A
><H2
>SEE ALSO</H2
@@ -183,7 +197,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN74"
+NAME="AEN84"
></A
><H2
>AUTHOR</H2
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbtar.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbtar.1.html
index 47c41a015a..d3215c6901 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbtar.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbtar.1.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>smbtar</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="SMBTAR"
->smbtar</A
-></H1
+></A
+>smbtar</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -230,7 +231,7 @@ NAME="AEN99"
CLASS="COMMAND"
>smbtar</B
> script has different
- options from ordinary tar and tar called from smbclient. </P
+ options from ordinary tar and from smbclient's tar command. </P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
@@ -242,7 +243,7 @@ NAME="AEN103"
><P
>Sites that are more careful about security may not like
the way the script handles PC passwords. Backup and restore work
- on entire shares, should work on file lists. smbtar works best
+ on entire shares; should work on file lists. smbtar works best
with GNU tar and may not work well with other versions. </P
></DIV
><DIV
@@ -253,8 +254,12 @@ NAME="AEN106"
><H2
>DIAGNOSTICS</H2
><P
->See the <EM
->DIAGNOSTICS</EM
+>See the <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>DIAGNOSTICS</I
+></SPAN
> section for the
<A
HREF="smbclient.1.html"
@@ -274,7 +279,7 @@ NAME="AEN112"
><H2
>VERSION</H2
><P
->This man page is correct for version 2.2 of
+>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of
the Samba suite.</P
></DIV
><DIV
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html
index 68929fd5f9..993436f0c6 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>smbumount</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="SMBUMOUNT"
->smbumount</A
-></H1
+></A
+>smbumount</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html
index 386fe5bc7a..f101a7bc26 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>swat</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="SWAT"
->swat</A
-></H1
+></A
+>swat</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -36,7 +37,7 @@ NAME="AEN8"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>swat</B
-> [-s &#60;smb config file&#62;] [-a]</P
+> [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;] [-a]</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
@@ -131,9 +132,13 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
>smb.conf</TT
> file. </P
><P
-><EM
->Do NOT enable this option on a production
- server. </EM
+><SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>WARNING: Do NOT enable this option on a production
+ server. </I
+></SPAN
></P
></DD
></DL
@@ -345,7 +350,7 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
> and <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
->copy="
+>copy=
</I
></TT
> options. If you have a carefully crafted <TT
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html
index bae907c687..0fc94cd880 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>testparm</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="TESTPARM"
->testparm</A
-></H1
+></A
+>testparm</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -37,12 +38,12 @@ NAME="AEN8"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>testparm</B
-> [-s] [-h] [-L &#60;servername&#62;] {config filename} [hostname hostIP]</P
+> [-s] [-h] [-v] [-L &lt;servername&gt;] {config filename} [hostname hostIP]</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN16"
+NAME="AEN17"
></A
><H2
>DESCRIPTION</H2
@@ -68,8 +69,12 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
</B
> will successfully load the configuration file.</P
><P
->Note that this is <EM
->NOT</EM
+>Note that this is <SPAN
+CLASS="emphasis"
+><I
+CLASS="EMPHASIS"
+>NOT</I
+></SPAN
> a guarantee that
the services specified in the configuration file will be
available or will operate as expected. </P
@@ -95,7 +100,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN31"
+NAME="AEN32"
></A
><H2
>OPTIONS</H2
@@ -135,6 +140,18 @@ CLASS="REPLACEABLE"
%L macro. </P
></DD
><DT
+>-v</DT
+><DD
+><P
+>If this option is specified, testparm
+ will also output all options that were not used in
+ <TT
+CLASS="FILENAME"
+>smb.conf</TT
+> and are thus set to
+ their defaults.</P
+></DD
+><DT
>configfilename</DT
><DD
><P
@@ -192,7 +209,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN66"
+NAME="AEN72"
></A
><H2
>FILES</H2
@@ -221,7 +238,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN75"
+NAME="AEN81"
></A
><H2
>DIAGNOSTICS</H2
@@ -235,7 +252,7 @@ NAME="AEN75"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN78"
+NAME="AEN84"
></A
><H2
>VERSION</H2
@@ -246,7 +263,7 @@ NAME="AEN78"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN81"
+NAME="AEN87"
></A
><H2
>SEE ALSO</H2
@@ -272,7 +289,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN88"
+NAME="AEN94"
></A
><H2
>AUTHOR</H2
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/testprns.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/testprns.1.html
index 4929415da0..0225aad9d5 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/testprns.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/testprns.1.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>testprns</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="TESTPRNS"
->testprns</A
-></H1
+></A
+>testprns</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -163,11 +164,11 @@ NAME="AEN48"
>DIAGNOSTICS</H2
><P
>If a printer is found to be valid, the message
- "Printer name &#60;printername&#62; is valid" will be
+ "Printer name &lt;printername&gt; is valid" will be
displayed. </P
><P
>If a printer is found to be invalid, the message
- "Printer name &#60;printername&#62; is not valid" will be
+ "Printer name &lt;printername&gt; is not valid" will be
displayed. </P
><P
>All messages that would normally be logged during
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html
index fe218a8f67..26e098868e 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>wbinfo</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="WBINFO"
->wbinfo</A
-></H1
+></A
+>wbinfo</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html
index 1ecb08cdb4..3aecf62509 100644
--- a/docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html
+++ b/docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html
@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<HTML
><HEAD
><TITLE
>winbindd</TITLE
><META
NAME="GENERATOR"
-CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.57"></HEAD
+CONTENT="Modular DocBook HTML Stylesheet Version 1.77"></HEAD
><BODY
CLASS="REFENTRY"
BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF"
@@ -15,8 +16,8 @@ ALINK="#0000FF"
><H1
><A
NAME="WINBINDD"
->winbindd</A
-></H1
+></A
+>winbindd</H1
><DIV
CLASS="REFNAMEDIV"
><A
@@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ NAME="AEN8"
><B
CLASS="COMMAND"
>winbindd</B
-> [-i] [-d &#60;debug level&#62;] [-s &#60;smb config file&#62;]</P
+> [-i] [-d &lt;debug level&gt;] [-s &lt;smb config file&gt;]</P
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
@@ -92,13 +93,13 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
>account</I
></TT
>
- module-types. The latter is simply
+ module-types. The latter simply
performs a getpwnam() to verify that the system can obtain a uid for the
user. If the <TT
CLASS="FILENAME"
>libnss_winbind</TT
> library has been correctly
- installed, this should always suceed.
+ installed, this should always succeed.
</P
><P
>The following nsswitch databases are implemented by
@@ -170,20 +171,11 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
> and then from the
Windows NT server. </P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>passwd: files winbind
group: files winbind
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
>The following simple configuration in the
@@ -287,279 +279,130 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
[global] section of smb.conf. </P
><P
></P
-><DIV
-CLASS="VARIABLELIST"
-><DL
-><DT
->winbind separator</DT
-><DD
-><P
->The winbind separator option allows you
- to specify how NT domain names and user names are combined
- into unix user names when presented to users. By default,
- <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbindd</B
-> will use the traditional '\'
- separator so that the unix user names look like
- DOMAIN\username. In some cases this separator character may
- cause problems as the '\' character has special meaning in
- unix shells. In that case you can use the winbind separator
- option to specify an alternative separator character. Good
- alternatives may be '/' (although that conflicts
- with the unix directory separator) or a '+ 'character.
- The '+' character appears to be the best choice for 100%
- compatibility with existing unix utilities, but may be an
- aesthetically bad choice depending on your taste. </P
-><P
->Default: <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbind separator = \ </B
->
- </P
-><P
->Example: <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbind separator = + </B
-></P
-></DD
-><DT
->winbind uid</DT
-><DD
-><P
->The winbind uid parameter specifies the
- range of user ids that are allocated by the winbindd daemon.
- This range of ids should have no existing local or NIS users
- within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise. </P
-><P
->Default: <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbind uid = &#60;empty string&#62;
- </B
-></P
+><UL
+><LI
><P
->Example: <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbind uid = 10000-20000</B
+><A
+HREF="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR"
+TARGET="_top"
+> <TT
+CLASS="PARAMETER"
+><I
+>winbind separator</I
+></TT
+></A
></P
-></DD
-><DT
->winbind gid</DT
-><DD
-><P
->The winbind gid parameter specifies the
- range of group ids that are allocated by the winbindd daemon.
- This range of group ids should have no existing local or NIS
- groups within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</P
+></LI
+><LI
><P
->Default: <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbind gid = &#60;empty string&#62;
- </B
+><A
+HREF="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDUID"
+TARGET="_top"
+> <TT
+CLASS="PARAMETER"
+><I
+>winbind uid</I
+></TT
+></A
></P
+></LI
+><LI
><P
->Example: <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbind gid = 10000-20000
- </B
-> </P
-></DD
-><DT
->winbind cache time</DT
-><DD
-><P
->This parameter specifies the number of
- seconds the winbindd daemon will cache user and group information
- before querying a Windows NT server again. When a item in the
- cache is older than this time winbindd will ask the domain
- controller for the sequence number of the server's account database.
- If the sequence number has not changed then the cached item is
- marked as valid for a further <TT
+><A
+HREF="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDGID"
+TARGET="_top"
+> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
->winbind cache time
- </I
+>winbind gid</I
></TT
-> seconds. Otherwise the item is fetched from the
- server. This means that as long as the account database is not
- actively changing winbindd will only have to send one sequence
- number query packet every <TT
+></A
+></P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+><A
+HREF="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDCACHETIME"
+TARGET="_top"
+> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
->winbind cache time
- </I
+>winbind cache time</I
></TT
-> seconds. </P
-><P
->Default: <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbind cache time = 15</B
->
- </P
-></DD
-><DT
->winbind enum users</DT
-><DD
+></A
+></P
+></LI
+><LI
><P
->On large installations it may be necessary
- to suppress the enumeration of users through the <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
-> setpwent()</B
->, <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->getpwent()</B
-> and
- <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->endpwent()</B
-> group of system calls. If
- the <TT
+><A
+HREF="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMUSERS"
+TARGET="_top"
+> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>winbind enum users</I
></TT
-> parameter is false,
- calls to the <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->getpwent</B
-> system call will not
- return any data. </P
-><P
-><EM
->Warning:</EM
-> Turning off user enumeration
- may cause some programs to behave oddly. For example, the <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->finger</B
->
- program relies on having access to the full user list when
- searching for matching usernames. </P
-><P
->Default: <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbind enum users = yes </B
+></A
></P
-></DD
-><DT
->winbind enum groups</DT
-><DD
+></LI
+><LI
><P
->On large installations it may be necessary
- to suppress the enumeration of groups through the <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
-> setgrent()</B
->, <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->getgrent()</B
-> and
- <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->endgrent()</B
-> group of system calls. If
- the <TT
+><A
+HREF="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMGROUPS"
+TARGET="_top"
+> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
>winbind enum groups</I
></TT
-> parameter is
- false, calls to the <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->getgrent()</B
-> system
- call will not return any data. </P
-><P
-><EM
->Warning:</EM
-> Turning off group
- enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly.
- </P
-><P
->Default: <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbind enum groups = no </B
->
- </P
-></DD
-><DT
->template homedir</DT
-><DD
+></A
+></P
+></LI
+><LI
><P
->When filling out the user information
- for a Windows NT user, the <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbindd</B
-> daemon
- uses this parameter to fill in the home directory for that user.
- If the string <TT
+><A
+HREF="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"
+TARGET="_top"
+> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
->%D</I
+>template homedir</I
></TT
-> is present it is
- substituted with the user's Windows NT domain name. If the
- string <TT
+></A
+></P
+></LI
+><LI
+><P
+><A
+HREF="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATESHELL"
+TARGET="_top"
+> <TT
CLASS="PARAMETER"
><I
->%U</I
+>template shell</I
></TT
-> is present it is substituted
- with the user's Windows NT user name. </P
-><P
->Default: <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->template homedir = /home/%D/%U </B
->
- </P
-></DD
-><DT
->template shell</DT
-><DD
-><P
->When filling out the user information for
- a Windows NT user, the <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbindd</B
-> daemon
- uses this parameter to fill in the shell for that user.
- </P
-><P
->Default: <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->template shell = /bin/false </B
->
- </P
-></DD
-><DT
->winbind use default domain</DT
-><DD
-><P
->This parameter specifies whether the <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbindd</B
->
- daemon should operate on users without domain component in their username.
- Users without a domain component are treated as is part of the winbindd server's
- own domain. While this does not benifit Windows users, it makes SSH, FTP and e-mail
- function in a way much closer to the way they would in a native unix system.</P
-><P
->Default: <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbind use default domain = &#60;falseg&#62;
- </B
+></A
></P
+></LI
+><LI
><P
->Example: <B
-CLASS="COMMAND"
->winbind use default domain = true</B
+><A
+HREF="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN"
+TARGET="_top"
+> <TT
+CLASS="PARAMETER"
+><I
+>winbind use default domain</I
+></TT
+></A
></P
-></DD
-></DL
-></DIV
+></LI
+></UL
></DIV
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN167"
+NAME="AEN118"
></A
><H2
>EXAMPLE SETUP</H2
@@ -574,20 +417,11 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
> put the
following:</P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>passwd: files winbind
group: files winbind
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
>In <TT
@@ -601,12 +435,6 @@ CLASS="PARAMETER"
></TT
> lines with something like this: </P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>auth required /lib/security/pam_securetty.so
@@ -614,9 +442,6 @@ auth required /lib/security/pam_nologin.so
auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so
auth required /lib/security/pam_pwdb.so use_first_pass shadow nullok
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
>Note in particular the use of the <TT
@@ -697,12 +522,6 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
> containing directives like the
following: </P
><P
-><TABLE
-BORDER="0"
-BGCOLOR="#E0E0E0"
-WIDTH="100%"
-><TR
-><TD
><PRE
CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
>[global]
@@ -716,9 +535,6 @@ CLASS="PROGRAMLISTING"
security = domain
password server = *
</PRE
-></TD
-></TR
-></TABLE
></P
><P
>Now start winbindd and you should find that your user and
@@ -737,7 +553,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN206"
+NAME="AEN157"
></A
><H2
>NOTES</H2
@@ -795,7 +611,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN222"
+NAME="AEN173"
></A
><H2
>SIGNALS</H2
@@ -846,7 +662,7 @@ CLASS="COMMAND"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN239"
+NAME="AEN190"
></A
><H2
>FILES</H2
@@ -922,7 +738,7 @@ CLASS="FILENAME"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN268"
+NAME="AEN219"
></A
><H2
>VERSION</H2
@@ -933,7 +749,7 @@ NAME="AEN268"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN271"
+NAME="AEN222"
></A
><H2
>SEE ALSO</H2
@@ -961,7 +777,7 @@ TARGET="_top"
><DIV
CLASS="REFSECT1"
><A
-NAME="AEN278"
+NAME="AEN229"
></A
><H2
>AUTHOR</H2